For now, this feature doesn't actually work. To avoid shipping a
kernel that has it enabled but where it can't be used disable it
for now - we can re-enable it when it's fixed.
This partially reverts 44674d9c22 ("mac80211: advertise support
for full station state in AP mode").
Cc: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep()
and document this.
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow distinguishing the non-station case from the case of a
station without rates, by using -1 for the non-station case.
This value cannot be reached with a station since that many
legacy rates don't exist.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As WMM is required for HT/VHT operation, treat bad WMM parameters
more gracefully by falling back to default parameters instead of
not using WMM assocation. This makes it possible to still use HT
or VHT, although potentially with reduced quality of service due
to unintended WMM parameters.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Disabling WMM has a huge impact these days. It implies that
HT and VHT will be disabled which means that the throughput
will be drammatically reduced.
Since the AIFSN is a transmission parameter, we can play a
bit and fix it up to make it compliant with the 802.11
specification which requires it to be at least 2.
Increasing it from 1 to 2 will slightly reduce the
likelyhood to get a transmission opportunity compared to
other clients that would accept to set AIFSN=1, but at
least it will allow HT and VHT which is a huge gain.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function currently determines this value, for use in bss_info.qos,
based on the interface type itself. Make it a parameter instead and
set it with the same logic for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
llid_in_use needs to be limited to stations of the same VIF, otherwise it
will cause a NULL deref as the sta_info of non-mesh-VIFs don't have
sta->mesh set.
Steps to reproduce:
modprobe mac80211_hwsim channels=2
iw phy phy0 interface add ibss0 type ibss
iw phy phy0 interface add mesh0 type mp
iw phy phy1 interface add ibss1 type ibss
iw phy phy1 interface add mesh1 type mp
ip link set ibss0 up
ip link set mesh0 up
ip link set ibss1 up
ip link set mesh1 up
iw dev ibss0 ibss join foo 2412
iw dev ibss1 ibss join foo 2412
# Ensure that ibss0 and ibss1 are actually associated; I often need to
# leave and join the cell on ibss1 a second time.
iw dev mesh0 mesh join bar
iw dev mesh1 mesh join bar # crash
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When 11n peers performs a TDLS connection on a legacy BSS, the HT
operation IE must be specified according to IEEE802.11-2012 section
9.23.3.2. Otherwise HT-protection is compromised and the medium becomes
noisy for both the TDLS and the BSS links.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Scheduled scan has to be reconfigured only if wowlan wasn't
configured, since otherwise it should continue to run (with
the 'any' trigger) or be aborted.
The current code will end up asking the driver to start a new
scheduled scan without stopping the previous one, and leaking
some memory (from the previous request.)
Fix this by doing the abort/restart under the proper conditions.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If drv_start() fails during hw_restart, all the running
interfaces are being closed/stopped, which results in
drv_stop() being called, although the driver was never
started successfully.
This might cause drivers to perform operations on uninitialized
memory (as they assume it was initialized on drv_start)
Consider the local->started flag, and call the driver's stop()
op only if drv_start() succeeded before.
Move drv_start() and drv_stop() to driver-ops.c, as they are no
longer simple wrappers.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The recalc_smps work can run after the station disassociates.
At this stage we already released the channel, but the work
will be cancelled only when the interface stops.
In this scenario we can hit the warning in ieee80211_recalc_smps, so
just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Requesting hw restart during suspend might result
in the restart work being executed after mac80211
and the hw are suspended.
Solve the race by simply scheduling the restart
work on a freezable workqueue.
Note that there can be some cases of reconfiguration
on resume (besides the hardware restart):
* wowlan is not configured -
All the interfaces removed were removed on suspend,
and drv_stop() was called. At this point the driver
shouldn't expect for hw_restart anyway, so we can
simply cancel it (on resume).
* wowlan is configured, drv_resume() == 1
There is no definitive expected behavior in this case,
as each driver might have different expectations (e.g.
setting some flags on suspend/restart vs. not handling
spurious recovery).
For now, simply let the hw_restart work run again after
resume, and hope the driver will handle it well (or at
least initiate another hw restart).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Local request to deauthenticate wasn't handled while associating, thus
the association could continue even when the user space required to
disconnect.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In TDLS channel-switch operations the chandef can sometimes be NULL.
Avoid an oops in the trace code for these cases and just print a
chandef full of zeros.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: a7a6bdd067 ("mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops")
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of one shot NOA the interval can be 0, catch that
instead of potentially (depending on the driver) crashing
like this:
divide error: 0000 [#1] SMP
[...]
Call Trace:
<IRQ>
[<ffffffffc08e891c>] ieee80211_extend_absent_time+0x6c/0xb0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc08e8a17>] ieee80211_update_p2p_noa+0xb7/0xe0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc069cc30>] ath9k_p2p_ps_timer+0x170/0x190 [ath9k]
[<ffffffffc070adf8>] ath_gen_timer_isr+0xc8/0xf0 [ath9k_hw]
[<ffffffffc0691156>] ath9k_tasklet+0x296/0x2f0 [ath9k]
[<ffffffff8107ad65>] tasklet_action+0xe5/0xf0
[...]
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.16+, due to d463af4a1c using it]
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* I merged net-next back to avoid a conflict with the
* cfg80211 scheduled scan API extensions
* preparations for better scan result timestamping
* regulatory cleanups
* mac80211 statistics cleanups
* a few other small cleanups and fixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=uZ5N
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-10-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Here's another set of patches for the current cycle:
* I merged net-next back to avoid a conflict with the
* cfg80211 scheduled scan API extensions
* preparations for better scan result timestamping
* regulatory cleanups
* mac80211 statistics cleanups
* a few other small cleanups and fixes
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Group station statistics by where they're (mostly) updated
(TX, RX and TX-status) and group them into sub-structs of
the struct sta_info.
Also rename the variables since the grouping now makes it
obvious where they belong.
This makes it easier to identify where the statistics are
updated in the code, and thus easier to think about them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's little point in keeping (and even sending to userspace)
the beacon_loss_count value per station, since it can only apply
to the AP on a managed-mode connection. Move the value to ifmgd,
advertise it only in managed mode, and remove it from ethtool as
it's available through better interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This file only feeds a debugfs file that isn't very useful, so remove
it. If necessary, we can add other ways to get this information, for
example in the NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT response.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
In the inet_connection_sock.c case the request socket hashing scheme
is completely different in net-next.
The other two conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That file contains just a single function, which itself is just a
single statement to call a different function. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's only a single caller of this function, so it can
be moved to the same file and made static.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As this API has never really seen any use and most drivers don't
ever use the value derived from it, remove it.
Change the only driver using it (rt2x00) to simply use the DTIM
period instead of the "max sleep" time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If multiple scan plans were set for scheduled scan, do not restart
scheduled scan on reconfig because it is possible that some scan
plans were already completed and there is no need to run them all
over again. Instead, notify userspace that scheduled scan stopped
so it can configure new scan plans for scheduled scan.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 30686bf7f5 ("mac80211: convert HW flags to unsigned long
bitmap") accidentally removed the newline delimiter from the hwflags
debugfs file. Fix this by adding back the newline between the HW flags.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [4.2]
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
[fix commit log]
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 5c48f12017.
Some device drivers (ath10k) offload part of aggregation including AddBA/DelBA
negotiations to firmware. In such scenario, the PMF configuration of
the station needs to be provided to driver to enable encryption of
AddBA/DelBA action frames.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* many internal fixes, API improvements, cleanups, etc.
* full AP client state tracking in cfg80211/mac80211 from Ayala
* VHT support (in mac80211) for mesh
* some A-MSDU in A-MPDU support from Emmanuel
* show current TX power to userspace (from Rafał)
* support for netlink dump in vendor commands (myself)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=BF9F
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-10-05' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For the current cycle, we have the following right now:
* many internal fixes, API improvements, cleanups, etc.
* full AP client state tracking in cfg80211/mac80211 from Ayala
* VHT support (in mac80211) for mesh
* some A-MSDU in A-MPDU support from Emmanuel
* show current TX power to userspace (from Rafał)
* support for netlink dump in vendor commands (myself)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function returns always non-negative values.
The problem has been detected using proposed semantic patch
scripts/coccinelle/tests/assign_signed_to_unsigned.cocci [1].
[1]: http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/2046107
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Hajda <a.hajda@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mac80211 code uses ktime_get_ts to measure the connected time.
As this uses monotonic time, it is y2038 safe on 32-bit systems,
but we still want to deprecate the use of 'timespec' because most
other users are broken.
This changes the code to use ktime_get_seconds() instead, which
avoids the timespec structure and is slightly more efficient.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of int with 0/1, use bool with false/true for the
powersave argument to ieee80211_send_nullfunc().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of nesting two if statements, inline the second
check into the first if statement and to indentation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When using software queueing, tx sequence number assignment happens at
ieee80211_tx_dequeue time, so the fast-xmit codepath must not do that.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This enables adding stations in unauthenticated mode, just after
receiving the first authentication frame; which in turn allows
sending a negative authentication reply if the station cannot be
added.
In addition init rate control for unassociated station only when
it becomes associated, prior to that low rates will be used.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For certain tests, for example replay detection, it can be useful
to be able to influence/set the PN used in outgoing packets. Make
it possible to change the TX PN in debugfs.
For now, this doesn't support TKIP since I haven't needed it, but
there's no reason it couldn't be added if necessary.
Note that this must be used very carefully: it could, for example,
be used to make "valid replays" where the PN reuse happens on a
different TID. This couldn't be done by an attacker since the TID
is protected as part of the AAD.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os,
after deinlining these functions have sizes and callsite counts
as follows:
drv_get_tsf: 634 bytes, 6 calls
drv_set_tsf: 626 bytes, 2 calls
drv_reset_tsf: 617 bytes, 2 calls
Total size reduction is about 4.2 kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os,
after deinlining the function size is 755 bytes and there are
6 callsites.
Total size reduction is about 3.3 kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os,
after deinlining the function size is 821 bytes and there are
2 callsites, reducing code size by about 800 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
[adjust code-style a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there are no supported rates in the rate mask with the required
flags, we warn, but it's not clear which part causes the warning.
Add the relevant data to the warning to understand why it happens.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Replace the average symbol by "avg" to avoid being warned about the
non-ASCII symbol all the time, line up the columns properly.
(I changed my mind - the warnings are getting annoying)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of "any" wowlan trigger, there is no reason to tear down
aggregations, as we want the device to continue working normally.
Similarly, there's no reason to tear down aggregations on resume,
as they should have been torn down on suspend if needed.
However, since the reconfiguration flow is shared with HW restart,
tear down aggregations on reconfiguration when we are not resuming.
To keep things working after non-wowlan suspend, keep clearing the
WLAN_STA_BLOCK_BA flag.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os,
after deinlining these functions have sizes and callsite counts
as follows:
drv_add_interface: 638 bytes, 5 calls
drv_remove_interface: 611 bytes, 6 calls
drv_change_interface: 658 bytes, 1 call
Total size reduction is about 9 kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os,
after deinlining the function size is 706 bytes and there are
2 callsites, reducing code size by about 700 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os,
after deinlining the function size is 785 bytes and there are
7 callsites.
Total size reduction is about 3.5 kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When debugging wireless powersave issues on the AP side it's quite helpful
to see our own beacons that are transmitted by the hardware/driver. However,
this is not that easy since beacons don't pass through the regular TX queues.
Preferably drivers would call ieee80211_tx_status also for tx'ed beacons
but that's not always possible. Hence, just send a copy of each beacon
generated by ieee80211_beacon_get_tim to monitor devices when they are
getting fetched by the driver.
Also add a HW flag IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS that can be used by
drivers to indicate that they report TX status for beacons.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
(with a fix from Christian Lamparted rolled in)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fixes dropped packets in the tx path in case a non-PS station triggers
the tx filter.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current behavior of notifying CQM events is inconsistent:
Upon first configuration there is a cqm event with the current
status according to threshold configured, regardless of signal
stability.
When there is reconfiguration no event is sent unless there is
a significant change to the signal level according to the new
configuration.
Since the current reconfiguration behavior might cause missing
CQM events in case the current signal did not change but is on
the other side of the new threshold, fix that by resetting the
stored signal level upon reconfiguration.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows ieee80211_tx_monitor to be used directly for sending 802.11 frames
to all monitor interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It doesn't seem problematic to change the weight for the average
beacon signal from 3 to 4, so use DECLARE_EWMA. This also makes
the code easier to maintain since bugs like the one fixed in the
previous patch can't happen as easily.
With a fix from Avraham Stern to invert the sign since EMWA uses
unsigned values only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ifmgd->ave_beacon_signal value cannot be taken as is for
comparisons, it must be divided by since it's represented
like that for better accuracy of the EWMA calculations. This
would lead to invalid driver RSSI events. Fix the used value.
Fixes: 615f7b9bb1 ("mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These file aren't really useful:
- if per beacon data is required then you need to use
radiotap or similar anyway, debugfs won't help much
- average beacon signal is reported in station info in
nl80211 and can be looked up with iw
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement the basics required for supporting very high throughput
with mesh: include VHT information elements in beacons, probe
responses, and peering action frames, and check for compatible VHT
configurations when peering.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clear the Channel Center Frequency Segment 2 in VHT operation
IEs to avoid sending non-zero values if the SKB wasn't zeroed
before adding the VHT operation IE.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[change commit message a bit - not necessarily just mesh related]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers may be interested in receiving A-MSDU within A-MDPU.
Not all the devices may be able to do so, make it configurable.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The direct probe step before authentication was done mostly for
two reasons:
1) the BSS data could be stale
2) the beacon might not have included all IEs
The concern (1) doesn't really seem to be relevant any more as
we time out BSS information after about 30 seconds, and in fact
the original patch only did the direct probe if the data was
older than the BSS timeout to begin with. This condition got
(likely inadvertedly) removed later though.
Analysing this in more detail shows that since we mostly use
data from the association response, the only real reason for
needing the probe response was that the code validates the WMM
parameters, and those are optional in beacons. As the previous
patches removed that behaviour, we can now remove the direct
probe step entirely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Advertise the capability to send A-MSDU within A-MPDU
in the AddBA request sent by mac80211. Let the driver
know about the peer's capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the cfg80211's frame registration api receives wdev, however
mac80211 assumes per device filter configuration and ignores wdev.
Per device filtering is too wasteful, especially for multi-channel
devices.
Introduce new per vif frame registration API and use it for probe
request registrations in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register()
Also call directly to ieee80211_configure_filter instead of using a work
since it is now allowed to sleep in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When checking if a TDLS chandef can be upgraded, IR-relaxation can be
taken into account to allow more channels.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes we are interested in testing TDLS performance in a specific
width setting. Add the ability to disable the wider-band feature, thereby
allowing the TDLS channel width to be controlled by the BSS width.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Queued frames aren't processed during scan, which results in an inability
to complete the BA session establishment until the scan ends. Since we
can't tx frames until the BA agreement setup is complete, it might result
in a very large latency during scan.
Fix this by allowing to process queued skbs while scanning in HW. This
should be ok since the devices which support hw scan should be able
to handle tx/rx while scanning.
During SW scan, mac80211 drops any txed frames besides probes and NDPs,
so it is still needed to delay processing of the queued frames till the
SW scan is done.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The HT MCS mask has 9 bytes, the VHT one only has 8 streams.
Split the loops to handle this correctly.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When beacon filtering is enabled the mac80211 software implementation
for RSSI CQM cannot work as beacons will not be available. Rather than
accepting such a configuration without proper effect, reject it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently if 80MHz channels are not allowed for use, the VHT IE is not
included in the probe request for an AP. This is not good enough if the
AP is configured with the wrong regulatory and supports VHT even where
prohibited or in TDLS scenarios.
Mark the ifmgd with the DISABLE_VHT flag for the misbehaving-AP case, and
unset VHT support from the peer-station entry for the TDLS case.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
HT TDLS traffic should be protected in a non-HT BSS to avoid
collisions. Therefore, when TDLS peers join/leave, check if
protection is (now) needed and set the ht_operation_mode of
the virtual interface according to the HT capabilities of the
TDLS peer(s).
This works because a non-HT BSS connection never sets (or
otherwise uses) the ht_operation_mode; it just means that
drivers must be aware that this field applies to all HT
traffic for this virtual interface, not just the traffic
within the BSS. Document that.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The rate_control_cap_mask() function takes a parameter mcs_mask, which
GCC will take to be u8 * even though it was declared with a fixed size.
This causes the following warning:
net/mac80211/rate.c: In function 'rate_control_cap_mask':
net/mac80211/rate.c:719:25: warning: 'sizeof' on array function parameter 'mcs_mask' will return size of 'u8 * {aka unsigned char *}' [-Wsizeof-array-argument]
for (i = 0; i < sizeof(mcs_mask); i++)
^
net/mac80211/rate.c:684:10: note: declared here
u8 mcs_mask[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN],
^
This can be easily fixed by using the IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN directly
within the loop condition.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of using the out-of-line average calculation, use the new
DECLARE_EWMA() macro to declare a signal EWMA, and use that.
This actually *reduces* the code size slightly (on x86-64) while
also reducing the station info size by 80 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define rc_rateidx_vht_mcs_mask array and rate_idx_match_vht_mcs_mask()
method in order to apply mcs mask for vht rates
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define rate_control_apply_mask_ratetbl() in order to apply ratemask in
rate_control_set_rates() for station rate table
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove ieee80211_tx_rate dependency in rate_idx_match_legacy_mask(),
rate_idx_match_mcs_mask() and rate_idx_match_mask() in order to use the
previous logic to define a ratemask in rate_control_set_rates() for
station rate table. Moreover move rate mask definition logic in
rate_control_cap_mask()
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove unnecessary ieee80211_tx_info pointer from rate_control_apply_mask
signature. rate_control_apply_mask() will be used to define a ratemask in
rate_control_set_rates() for station rate table
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Perform the BSS_CHANGED_BSSID action when joining an OCB network.
This is required to set the broadcast BSSID in some network drivers.
Signed-off-by: Bertold Van den Bergh <bertold.vandenbergh@esat.kuleuven.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently OCB mode accepts frames with bssid==broadcast and type!=beacon.
Some non-data frames are sent matching this, for example probe responses.
This results in unnecessary creation of STA entries.
Signed-off-by: Bertold Van den Bergh <bertold.vandenbergh@esat.kuleuven.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To make mac80211 accept the multicast rate requested by the user the
rate control should be told that it is operating in BSS mode.
Without this, the default rate is selected in rate_control_send_low
(!pubsta and !txrc->bss)
Signed-off-by: Bertold Van den Bergh <bertold.vandenbergh@esat.kuleuven.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
At the last iteration of the loop, j may equal zero and thus
tp_list[j - 1] causes an invalid read.
Change the logic of the loop so that j - 1 is always >= 0.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Adrien Schildknecht <adrien+dev@schischi.me>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The outside if statement checks that IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX is
set so this condition is always true. Checking twice upsets the static
checkers.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The iwlwifi driver was the only driver that used this, but as
it turns out it never needed it, so we can remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config,
after deinlining these functions have sizes and callsite counts
as follows:
rate_control_rate_init: 554 bytes, 8 calls
rate_control_rate_update: 1596 bytes, 5 calls
Total size reduction: about 11 kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config,
after deinlining the function size is 3132 bytes and there are
7 callsites.
Total size reduction: about 20 kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of using peer link id for AID, generate a new
AID when creating mesh STAs in the kernel peering manager.
This enables smaller TIM elements and more closely follows
the standard, and it also enables mesh to work on drivers
that require a valid AID when the STA is inserted (ath10k
firmware has this requirement, for example).
In the case of userspace-managed stations, we use the AID
from NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
According to 802.11-2012 13.3.1, a mesh STA should assign an AID
upon receipt of a mesh peering open frame rather than using the link
id of the peer. Using the peer link id has two potential issues:
it may not be unique among the peers, and by its nature it is random,
so the TIM may not compress well.
In preparation for allocating it properly, use sta->sta.aid, but keep
the existing behavior of using the plid in the aid we send.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move mesh_plink_frame_tx() above the first caller to remove
the forward declaration.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 calls drv_resume() on wowlan resume,
but drops any incoming frame until local->suspended is
cleared later on.
This requires the low-level driver to support a new state,
in which it is expected to fully work (as it was resumed)
but not passing rx frames yet (as they will be dropped).
iwlwifi (and probably other drivers as well) has issues
supporting such mode.
Since in the wowlan case we already short-circuit
ieee80211_reconfig, there's nothing that prevents us from
clearing local->suspend before calling drv_resume(),
and letting the low-level driver work normally.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a TDLS station is not allowed to beacon on a channel, don't accept
a channel switch request to this channel.
Move channel building code up to avoid lockdep violations - reg_can_beacon
needs to take the wdev lock.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move TDLS channel-switch Rx handling into an RTNL locked work. This is
required to add proper regulatory checking to incoming channel-switch
requests.
Queue incoming requests in a dedicated skb queue and handle the request
in a device-specific work to avoid deadlocking on interface removal.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for declaring MU-MIMO beamformee capability for
relevant hardware.
When sending association request, the capability is included if both
hardware and the AP support it, and no other virtual interface
is using it.
This is in order to avoid multiple interfaces using MU-MIMO in parallel
which might lead to contradictions in the group-id mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If an SKB will be segmented by the driver, count it for multiple
MSDUs that are being transmitted rather than just a single.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Most of the fields in this struct use too wide types, change
that to shrink the struct from 64 to 48 bytes (on 64-bit.)
This results in a total saving of 64 bytes for each interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of Dynamic SMPS enable RTS/CTS for all rates.
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com>
[change comment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch does the following:
- Remove unnecessary flags field used by PERR element
- Use the per target flags defined in <linux/ieee80211.h>
- Process the target only subfield based on case E2 of
IEEE802.11-2012 13.10.9.3
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The IEEE802.11-2012 specification is vague regarding SMPS operation during
TDLS. It does not define a clear way to transition between SMPS states.
To avoid interop issues, set SMPS to off when TDLS peers are connected.
Accomplish this by extending the definition of the AUTOMATIC state. If the
driver forces a state other than OFF, disconnect all TDLS peers.
While at it, avoid changing the SMPS state of the peer STA. We have no
way to control it, so try and behave correctly towards it.
Move the TDLS peer-teardown function to where the rest of the TDLS code
resides.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We already set a station to be associated when peering completes, both
in user space and in the kernel. Thus we should always have an
associated sta before sending data frames to that station.
Failure to check assoc state can cause crashes in the lower-level driver
due to transmitting unicast data frames before driver sta structures
(e.g. ampdu state in ath9k) are initialized. This occurred when
forwarding in the presence of fixed mesh paths: frames were transmitted
to stations with whom we hadn't yet completed peering.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
Tested-by: Jesse Jones <jjones@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When processing a PREQ or PREP it's critical to use the incoming SN. If
that is improperly done routing loops and other types of badness can
happen. But the code was always processing path messages for deactivated
paths. This path fixes that so that if we have a valid SN then we use it
to verify that it is a message we can accept. For reference the relevant
section of the standard is 13.10.8.4 which doesn't address the deactivated
path case at all.
I also included a special case for when our peer reboots or restarts
networking. This is an important case because without it there can be a
very long delay before we accept path messages from that peer. It's also a
simple case and intimately associated with processing messages for
deactivated paths so I used one patch instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The 2012 spec mentions that path SNs can be invalid when created (see
section 13.10.8.4 table 13-9) but AFAICT never talks about invalidating
SNs. Which makes sense: if we have figured out the path to a target at a
certain SN then we want to remember that fact. Failing to do so can lead
to routing loops because if we don't have a valid SN then we have no way
of knowing whether an incoming path message leads to or away from the
target.
However currently when discovery fails we zero out mpath->flags which
clears MESH_PATH_SN_VALID. This patch fixes that so that only the
discovery relevant flags are cleared.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the nexthop is unable to resolve its own nexthop it will send back a
PERR with a zero target_sn. According to section 13.10.11.4.3 step b in the
2012 standard that perr should be forwarded and the associated mpath->sn
should be incremented. Neither one of those was happening which is rather
bad because the originator was not told that packets are black holing.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
CC: Jesse Jones <jjones@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define a station chandef, to be used for wider-bw TDLS peers. When both
peers support the feature, upgrade the channel bandwidth to the maximum
allowed by both peers and regulatory. Currently widths up to 80MHz are
supported in the 5GHz band.
When a TDLS peer connects/disconnects recalculate the channel type of the
current chanctx.
Make the chanctx width calculation consider wider-bw TDLS peers and
similarly fix the max_required_bw calculation for the chanctx min_def.
Since the sta->bandwidth is calculated only later on, take
bss_conf.chandef.width as the minimal width for station interface.
Set the upgraded channel width in the VHT-operation set during TDLS setup.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow a device to specify support for the TDLS wider-bandwidth feature.
Indicate this support during TDLS setup in the ext-capab IE and set an
appropriate station flag when our TDLS peer supports it.
This feature gives TDLS peers the ability to use a wider channel than
the base width of the BSS. For instance VHT capable TDLS peers connected
on a 20MHz channel can extend the channel to 80MHz, if regulatory
considerations allow it.
Do not cap the bandwidth of such stations by the current BSS channel width
in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If reconfiguration fails, local->in_reconfig is never
cleaned, resulting in rx frames being dropped next
time the device is started.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Simply return NULL in this case, instead of crashing. This can
simplify callers that would otherwise have to check for this
explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The beacon struct is already available in many contexts that
are also already in an RCU read-locked section. Avoid that by
using the existing beacon struct pointer directly.
Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
[rewrite subject/add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code was always a bit awkward due to the 80-col restriction
and got worse in the previous patch. Refactor it a bit into its
own function to make it read nicer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are now a fairly large number of mesh fields that really
aren't needed in any other modes; move those into their own
structure and allocate them separately.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's a long-standing TODO item to use this flag in the cooked
monitor RX, but clearly it was never needed and now this hasn't
been used by userspace for a long time, so no userspace changes
could require it now.
Remove the unused flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, the station hash table lookup (or iteration) must
access two cachelines for each station - the one with the hash
table node, and the one with the MAC address.
Duplicate the MAC address next to the hash node to get rid of
this. Since the MAC address is static there's no consistency
problem introduced by this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When there are multiple RX queues, the PN checks in mac80211 cannot be
used since packets might be processed out of order on different CPUs.
Allow the driver to report that the PN has been checked, drivers that
will use multi-queue RX will have to set this flag.
For now, the flag is only valid when the frame has been decrypted, in
theory that restriction doesn't have to be there, but in practice the
hardware will have decrypted the frame already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This counter is inherently racy (since it can be incremented by RX
as well as by concurrent TX) and only available in debugfs. Instead
of fixing it to be per-CPU or similar, remove it for now. If needed
it should be added without races and with proper nl80211, perhaps
even addressing the threshold reporting TODO item that's been there
since the code was originally added.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As there's no driver using this capability and reporting zero-length
A-MPDU subframes for radiotap monitoring, remove the capability to
free up two RX flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When introducing multiple RX queues, a single NAPI struct will not
be sufficient. Instead of trying to store multiple, simply change
the API to have the NAPI struct passed to the RX function. This of
course means that drivers using rx_irqsafe() cannot use NAPI, but
that seems a reasonable trade-off, particularly since only two of
all drivers are currently using it at all.
While at it, we can now remove the IEEE80211_RX_REORDER_TIMER flag
again since this code path cannot have a napi struct anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are no RX queues in mac80211 (yet), the comment should refer
to the TID (including one slot for non-QoS) rather than 'RX queue'.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function is only used in the RX code, so moving it into
that file gives the compiler better optimisation possibilities
and also allows us to remove the check for short frames (which
in the RX path cannot happen, but as a generic utility needed
to be checked.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Short frames less than 16 octets are already blocked in the monitor
code by the should_drop_frame() function, and cannot get into the
regular RX path. Therefore, this check can never trigger and the
counter invariably stays zero. Remove the useless code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We typically use 'sta' for the station info struct, and if needed
'pubsta' for the public (driver-visible) portion thereof. Do this
in the ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The RTNL is required to check for IR-relaxation conditions that allow
more channels to beacon. Export an RTNL locked version of reg_can_beacon
and use it where possible in AP/STA interface type flows, where
IR-relaxation may be applicable.
Fixes: 06f207fc54 ("cfg80211: change GO_CONCURRENT to IR_CONCURRENT for STA")
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Although mesh_rx_plink_frame() already checks that frames have enough
bytes for the action code plus another two bytes for capability/reason
code, it doesn't take into account that confirm frames also have an
additional two-byte aid. As a result, a corrupt frame could cause a
subsequent subtraction to wrap around to ill effect. Add another
check for this case.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
According to 802.11-2012 8.5.16.3.2 AID comes directly after the
capability bytes in mesh peering confirm frames. The existing
code, however, was adding a 2 byte offset to this location,
resulting in garbage data going out over the air. Remove the
offset to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the hardware is unregistered while interfaces are up, mac80211 will
unregister all interfaces, which in turns causes mac80211 to be called
again to remove them all from the driver and eventually shut down the
hardware.
During this shutdown, however, it's currently already unsafe to iterate
the list of interfaces atomically, as the list is manipulated in an
unsafe manner. This puts an undue burden on the driver - it must stop
all its activities before calling ieee80211_unregister_hw(), while in
the normal stop path it can do all cleanup in the stop method. If, for
example, it's using the iteration during RX for some reason, it would
have to stop RX before unregistering to avoid crashes.
Fix this problem by closing all interfaces before unregistering them.
This will cause the driver stop to have completed before we manipulate
the interface list, and after the driver is stopped *and* has called
ieee80211_unregister_hw() it really musn't be iterating any more as
the memory will be freed as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If for any reason we're in the middle of PS-polling or awake after
TX due to dynamic powersave while going to suspend, go back to save
power. This might cause a response frame to get lost, but since we
can't really wait for it while going to suspend that's still better
than not enabling powersave which would cause higher power usage
during (and possibly even after) suspend.
Note that this really only affects the very few drivers that use
the powersave implementation in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com>
[rewrite misleading commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When acting as AP and a PS-Poll frame is received
associated station is marked as one in a Service
Period. This state is kept until Tx status for
released frame is reported. While a station is in
Service Period PS-Poll frames are ignored.
However if PS-Poll was received during A-MPDU
teardown it was possible to have the to-be
released frame re-queued back to pending queue.
In such case the frame was stripped of 2 important
flags:
(a) IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
(b) IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Stripping of (a) led to the frame that was to be
released to be queued back to ps_tx_buf queue. If
station remained to use only PS-Poll frames the
re-queued frame (and new ones) was never actually
transmitted because mac80211 would ignore
subsequent PS-Poll frames due to station being in
Service Period. There was nothing left to clear
the Service Period bit (no xmit -> no tx status ->
no SP end), i.e. the AP would have the station
stuck in Service Period. Beacon TIM would
repeatedly prompt station to poll for frames but
it would get none.
Once (a) is not stripped (b) becomes important
because it's the main condition to clear the
Service Period bit of the station when Tx status
for the released frame is reported back.
This problem was observed with ath9k acting as P2P
GO in some testing scenarios but isn't limited to
it. AP operation with mac80211 based Tx A-MPDU
control combined with clients using PS-Poll frames
is subject to this race.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we don't do this, and we then fail to recreate the debugfs
directory during a mode change, then we will fail later trying
to add stations to this now bogus directory:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000006c
IP: [<c0a92202>] mutex_lock+0x12/0x30
Call Trace:
[<c0678ab4>] start_creating+0x44/0xc0
[<c0679203>] debugfs_create_dir+0x13/0xf0
[<f8a938ae>] ieee80211_sta_debugfs_add+0x6e/0x490 [mac80211]
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Tom Hughes <tom@compton.nu>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Main excitement here is Peter Zijlstra's lockless rbtree optimization to
speed module address lookup. He found some abusers of the module lock
doing that too.
A little bit of parameter work here too; including Dan Streetman's breaking
up the big param mutex so writing a parameter can load another module (yeah,
really). Unfortunately that broke the usual suspects, !CONFIG_MODULES and
!CONFIG_SYSFS, so those fixes were appended too.
Cheers,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=tWPQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'modules-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull module updates from Rusty Russell:
"Main excitement here is Peter Zijlstra's lockless rbtree optimization
to speed module address lookup. He found some abusers of the module
lock doing that too.
A little bit of parameter work here too; including Dan Streetman's
breaking up the big param mutex so writing a parameter can load
another module (yeah, really). Unfortunately that broke the usual
suspects, !CONFIG_MODULES and !CONFIG_SYSFS, so those fixes were
appended too"
* tag 'modules-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux: (26 commits)
modules: only use mod->param_lock if CONFIG_MODULES
param: fix module param locks when !CONFIG_SYSFS.
rcu: merge fix for Convert ACCESS_ONCE() to READ_ONCE() and WRITE_ONCE()
module: add per-module param_lock
module: make perm const
params: suppress unused variable error, warn once just in case code changes.
modules: clarify CONFIG_MODULE_COMPRESS help, suggest 'N'.
kernel/module.c: avoid ifdefs for sig_enforce declaration
kernel/workqueue.c: remove ifdefs over wq_power_efficient
kernel/params.c: export param_ops_bool_enable_only
kernel/params.c: generalize bool_enable_only
kernel/module.c: use generic module param operaters for sig_enforce
kernel/params: constify struct kernel_param_ops uses
sysfs: tightened sysfs permission checks
module: Rework module_addr_{min,max}
module: Use __module_address() for module_address_lookup()
module: Make the mod_tree stuff conditional on PERF_EVENTS || TRACING
module: Optimize __module_address() using a latched RB-tree
rbtree: Implement generic latch_tree
seqlock: Introduce raw_read_seqcount_latch()
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add TX fast path in mac80211, from Johannes Berg.
2) Add TSO/GRO support to ibmveth, from Thomas Falcon
3) Move away from cached routes in ipv6, just like ipv4, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
4) Lots of new rhashtable tests, from Thomas Graf.
5) Run ingress qdisc lockless, from Alexei Starovoitov.
6) Allow servers to fetch TCP packet headers for SYN packets of new
connections, for fingerprinting. From Eric Dumazet.
7) Add mode parameter to pktgen, for testing receive. From Alexei
Starovoitov.
8) Cache access optimizations via simplifications of build_skb(), from
Alexander Duyck.
9) Move page frag allocator under mm/, also from Alexander.
10) Add xmit_more support to hv_netvsc, from KY Srinivasan.
11) Add a counter guard in case we try to perform endless reclassify
loops in the packet scheduler.
12) Extern flow dissector to be programmable and use it in new "Flower"
classifier. From Jiri Pirko.
13) AF_PACKET fanout rollover fixes, performance improvements, and new
statistics. From Willem de Bruijn.
14) Add netdev driver for GENEVE tunnels, from John W Linville.
15) Add ingress netfilter hooks and filtering, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
16) Fix handling of epoll edge triggers in TCP, from Eric Dumazet.
17) Add an ECN retry fallback for the initial TCP handshake, from Daniel
Borkmann.
18) Add tail call support to BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
19) Add several pktgen helper scripts, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
20) Add zerocopy support to AF_UNIX, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
21) Favor even port numbers for allocation to connect() requests, and
odd port numbers for bind(0), in an effort to help avoid
ip_local_port_range exhaustion. From Eric Dumazet.
22) Add Cavium ThunderX driver, from Sunil Goutham.
23) Allow bpf programs to access skb_iif and dev->ifindex SKB metadata,
from Alexei Starovoitov.
24) Add support for T6 chips in cxgb4vf driver, from Hariprasad Shenai.
25) Double TCP Small Queues default to 256K to accomodate situations
like the XEN driver and wireless aggregation. From Wei Liu.
26) Add more entropy inputs to flow dissector, from Tom Herbert.
27) Add CDG congestion control algorithm to TCP, from Kenneth Klette
Jonassen.
28) Convert ipset over to RCU locking, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
29) Track and act upon link status of ipv4 route nexthops, from Andy
Gospodarek.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1670 commits)
bridge: vlan: flush the dynamically learned entries on port vlan delete
bridge: multicast: add a comment to br_port_state_selection about blocking state
net: inet_diag: export IPV6_V6ONLY sockopt
stmmac: troubleshoot unexpected bits in des0 & des1
net: ipv4 sysctl option to ignore routes when nexthop link is down
net: track link-status of ipv4 nexthops
net: switchdev: ignore unsupported bridge flags
net: Cavium: Fix MAC address setting in shutdown state
drivers: net: xgene: fix for ACPI support without ACPI
ip: report the original address of ICMP messages
net/mlx5e: Prefetch skb data on RX
net/mlx5e: Pop cq outside mlx5e_get_cqe
net/mlx5e: Remove mlx5e_cq.sqrq back-pointer
net/mlx5e: Remove extra spaces
net/mlx5e: Avoid TX CQE generation if more xmit packets expected
net/mlx5e: Avoid redundant dev_kfree_skb() upon NOP completion
net/mlx5e: Remove re-assignment of wq type in mlx5e_enable_rq()
net/mlx5e: Use skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_segs rather than counting them
net/mlx5e: Static mapping of netdev priv resources to/from netdev TX queues
net/mlx4_en: Use HW counters for rx/tx bytes/packets in PF device
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/main.c
net/packet/af_packet.c
Both conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a "param_lock" mutex to each module, and update params.c to use
the correct built-in or module mutex while locking kernel params.
Remove the kparam_block_sysfs_r/w() macros, replace them with direct
calls to kernel_param_[un]lock(module).
The kernel param code currently uses a single mutex to protect
modification of any and all kernel params. While this generally works,
there is one specific problem with it; a module callback function
cannot safely load another module, i.e. with request_module() or even
with indirect calls such as crypto_has_alg(). If the module to be
loaded has any of its params configured (e.g. with a /etc/modprobe.d/*
config file), then the attempt will result in a deadlock between the
first module param callback waiting for modprobe, and modprobe trying to
lock the single kernel param mutex to set the new module's param.
This fixes that by using per-module mutexes, so that each individual module
is protected against concurrent changes in its own kernel params, but is
not blocked by changes to other module params. All built-in modules
continue to use the built-in mutex, since they will always be loaded at
runtime and references (e.g. request_module(), crypto_has_alg()) to them
will never cause load-time param changing.
This also simplifies the interface used by modules to block sysfs access
to their params; while there are currently functions to block and unblock
sysfs param access which are split up by read and write and expect a single
kernel param to be passed, their actual operation is identical and applies
to all params, not just the one passed to them; they simply lock and unlock
the global param mutex. They are replaced with direct calls to
kernel_param_[un]lock(THIS_MODULE), which locks THIS_MODULE's param_lock, or
if the module is built-in, it locks the built-in mutex.
Suggested-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Dan Streetman <ddstreet@ieee.org>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Pull crypto update from Herbert Xu:
"Here is the crypto update for 4.2:
API:
- Convert RNG interface to new style.
- New AEAD interface with one SG list for AD and plain/cipher text.
All external AEAD users have been converted.
- New asymmetric key interface (akcipher).
Algorithms:
- Chacha20, Poly1305 and RFC7539 support.
- New RSA implementation.
- Jitter RNG.
- DRBG is now seeded with both /dev/random and Jitter RNG. If kernel
pool isn't ready then DRBG will be reseeded when it is.
- DRBG is now the default crypto API RNG, replacing krng.
- 842 compression (previously part of powerpc nx driver).
Drivers:
- Accelerated SHA-512 for arm64.
- New Marvell CESA driver that supports DMA and more algorithms.
- Updated powerpc nx 842 support.
- Added support for SEC1 hardware to talitos"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (292 commits)
crypto: marvell/cesa - remove COMPILE_TEST dependency
crypto: algif_aead - Temporarily disable all AEAD algorithms
crypto: af_alg - Forbid the use internal algorithms
crypto: echainiv - Only hold RNG during initialisation
crypto: seqiv - Add compatibility support without RNG
crypto: eseqiv - Offer normal cipher functionality without RNG
crypto: chainiv - Offer normal cipher functionality without RNG
crypto: user - Add CRYPTO_MSG_DELRNG
crypto: user - Move cryptouser.h to uapi
crypto: rng - Do not free default RNG when it becomes unused
crypto: skcipher - Allow givencrypt to be NULL
crypto: sahara - propagate the error on clk_disable_unprepare() failure
crypto: rsa - fix invalid select for AKCIPHER
crypto: picoxcell - Update to the current clk API
crypto: nx - Check for bogus firmware properties
crypto: marvell/cesa - add DT bindings documentation
crypto: marvell/cesa - add support for Kirkwood and Dove SoCs
crypto: marvell/cesa - add support for Orion SoCs
crypto: marvell/cesa - add allhwsupport module parameter
crypto: marvell/cesa - add support for all armada SoCs
...
Unfortunately, Michal's change to fix AP_VLAN crypto tailroom
caused a locking issue that was reported by lockdep, but only
in a few cases - the issue was a classic ABBA deadlock caused
by taking the mtx after the key_mtx, where normally they're
taken the other way around.
As the key mutex protects the field in question (I'm adding a
few annotations to make that clear) only the iteration needs
to be protected, but we can also iterate the interface list
with just RCU protection while holding the key mutex.
Fixes: f9dca80b98 ("mac80211: fix AP_VLAN crypto tailroom calculation")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly,
convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long
bitmaps.
This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to
test the bits, along with new debugfs code.
The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the
drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the
fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge back net-next to get wireless driver changes (from Kalle)
to be able to create the API change across all trees properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes a bug in hwmp_preq_frame_process where the wrong metric
can be used when forwarding a PREQ. This happens because the code uses
the same metric variable to record the value of the metric to the source
of the PREQ and the value of the metric to the target of the PREQ.
This comes into play when both reply and forward are set which happens
when IEEE80211_PREQ_PROACTIVE_PREP_FLAG is set and when MP_F_DO | MP_F_RF
is set. The original code had a special case to handle the first case
but not the second.
The patch uses distinct variables for the two metrics which makes the
code flow much clearer and removes the need to restore the original
value of metric when forwarding.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
CC: Jesse Jones <jjones@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In mesh mode there is a race between establishing links and processing
rates and capabilities in beacons. This is very noticeable with slow
beacons (e.g. beacon intervals of 1s) and manifested for us as stations
using minstrel when minstrel_ht should be used. Fixed by changing
mesh_sta_info_init so that it always checks rates and such if it has not
already done so.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
CC: Jesse Jones <jjones@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The csa counter has moved from sdata to beacon/presp but
it is not updated accordingly for mesh and ibss. Fix this.
Fixes: af296bdb8d ("mac80211: move csa counters from sdata to beacon/presp")
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The last hop metric should refer to link cost (this is how
hwmp_route_info_get uses it for example). But in mesh_rx_path_sel_frame
we are not dealing with link cost but with the total cost to the origin
of a PREQ or PREP.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
CC: Jesse Jones <jjones@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channels in 2.4GHz band overlap, this means that if we
send a probe request on channel 1 and then move to channel
2, we will hear the probe response on channel 2. In this
case, the RSSI will be lower than if we had heard it on
the channel on which it was sent (1 in this case).
The scan result ignores those invalid values and the
station last signal should not be updated as well.
In case the scan determines the signal to be invalid turn on
the flag so the station last signal will not be updated with
the value and thus user space probing for NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL
and NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG will not get this invalid RSSI
value.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There were a few rare cases when upon
authentication failure channel wasn't released.
This could cause stale pointers to remain in
chanctx assigned_vifs after interface removal and
trigger general protection fault later.
This could be triggered, e.g. on ath10k with the
following steps:
1. start an AP
2. create 2 extra vifs on ath10k host
3. connect vif1 to the AP
4. connect vif2 to the AP
(auth fails because ath10k firmware isn't able
to maintain 2 peers with colliding AP mac
addresses across vifs and consequently
refuses sta_info_insert() in
ieee80211_prep_connection())
5. remove the 2 extra vifs
6. goto step 2; at step 3 kernel was crashing:
general protection fault: 0000 [#1] SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC
Modules linked in: ath10k_pci ath10k_core ath
...
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81a2dabb>] ieee80211_check_combinations+0x22b/0x290
[<ffffffff819fb825>] ? ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface+0x125/0x220
[<ffffffff8180f664>] ? netpoll_poll_disable+0x84/0x100
[<ffffffff819fb833>] ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface+0x133/0x220
[<ffffffff81a0029e>] ieee80211_open+0x3e/0x80
[<ffffffff817f2d26>] __dev_open+0xb6/0x130
[<ffffffff817f3051>] __dev_change_flags+0xa1/0x170
...
RIP [<ffffffff81a23140>] ieee80211_chanctx_radar_detect+0xa0/0x170
(gdb) l * ieee80211_chanctx_radar_detect+0xa0
0xffffffff81a23140 is in ieee80211_chanctx_radar_detect (/devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/util.c:3182).
3177 */
3178 WARN_ON(ctx->replace_state == IEEE80211_CHANCTX_REPLACES_OTHER &&
3179 !list_empty(&ctx->assigned_vifs));
3180
3181 list_for_each_entry(sdata, &ctx->assigned_vifs, assigned_chanctx_list)
3182 if (sdata->radar_required)
3183 radar_detect |= BIT(sdata->vif.bss_conf.chandef.width);
3184
3185 return radar_detect;
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The conversion to the fast-xmit path lost proper aggregation session
timeout handling - the last_tx wasn't set on that path and the timer
would therefore incorrectly tear down the session periodically (with
those drivers/rate control algorithms that have a timeout.)
In case of iwlwifi, this was every 5 seconds and caused significant
throughput degradation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The naming convention is to always have the flags prefixed with
IEEE80211_HW_ so they're 'namespaced', make this flag follow it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are no drivers setting IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE
or IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE, so any code using the
two flags is dead; it's also exceedingly unlikely that any new driver
could ever need to set these flags.
The wcn36xx code is almost certainly broken, but this preserves the
previous behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even if the pointers are really only accessible to root and used
pretty much only by wpa_supplicant, this is still not great; even
for debugging it'd be easier to have something that's easier to
read and guaranteed to never get reused.
With the recent change to make mac80211 create an ack_skb for the
mgmt-tx path this becomes possible, only the client probe method
needs to also allocate an ack_skb, and we can store the cookie in
that skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we return the TX status for an nl80211 mgmt TX SKB, we
should also return the original frame with the status to
allow userspace to match up the submission (it could also
use the cookie but both ways are permissible.)
As TX SKBs could be encrypted, at least in the case of ANQP
while associated with the AP, copy the original SKB, store
it with an ACK frame ID and restructure the status path to
use that to return status with the original SKB. Otherwise,
userspace (in particular wpa_supplicant) will get confused.
Reported-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For drivers supporting TSO or similar features, but that still have
PN assignment in software, there's a need to have some memory to
store the current PN value. As mac80211 already stores this and it's
somewhat complicated to add a per-driver area to the key struct (due
to the dynamic sizing thereof) it makes sense to just move the TX PN
to the keyconf, i.e. the public part of the key struct.
As TKIP is more complicated and we won't able to offload it in this
way right now (fast-xmit is skipped for TKIP unless the HW does it
all, and our hardware needs MMIC calculation in software) I've not
moved that for now - it's possible but requires exposing a lot of
the internal TKIP state.
As an bonus side effect, we can remove a lot of code by assuming the
keyseq struct has a certain layout - with BUILD_BUG_ON to verify it.
This might also improve performance, since now TX and RX no longer
share a cacheline.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
include/net/mac80211.h
iwlwifi/Kconfig and mac80211.h were both trivial overlapping
changes.
The drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c file got removed in 'net-next' and
the bug fix that happened on the 'net' side is already integrated
into the rest of the amd-xgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When trying to associate, the AP could send a deauth frame instead.
Currently mac80211 drops that frame and doesn't report it to the
supplicant, which, in some versions and/or in certain circumstances
will simply keep trying to associate over and over again instead of
trying authentication again.
Fix this by reacting to deauth frames while associating, reporting
them to the supplicant and dropping the association attempt (which
is bound to fail.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
more things for -next:
* disconnect TDLS stations on CSA to avoid issues
* fix a memory leak introduced in a recent commit
* switch rfkill and cfg80211 to PM ops
* in an unlikely scenario, prevent a bookkeeping
value to get corrupted leading to dropped packets
* fix a crash in VLAN assignment
* switch rfkill-gpio to more modern gpiod API
* send disconnected event to userspace with proper
local/remote indication
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=KmwY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
As we get closer to the merge window, here are a few
more things for -next:
* disconnect TDLS stations on CSA to avoid issues
* fix a memory leak introduced in a recent commit
* switch rfkill and cfg80211 to PM ops
* in an unlikely scenario, prevent a bookkeeping
value to get corrupted leading to dropped packets
* fix a crash in VLAN assignment
* switch rfkill-gpio to more modern gpiod API
* send disconnected event to userspace with proper
local/remote indication
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was a possible race between
ieee80211_reconfig() and
ieee80211_delayed_tailroom_dec(). This could
result in inability to transmit data if driver
crashed during roaming or rekeying and subsequent
skbs with insufficient tailroom appeared.
This race was probably never seen in the wild
because a device driver would have to crash AND
recover within 0.5s which is very unlikely.
I was able to prove this race exists after
changing the delay to 10s locally and crashing
ath10k via debugfs immediately after GTK
rekeying. In case of ath10k the counter went below
0. This was harmless but other drivers which
actually require tailroom (e.g. for WEP ICV or
MMIC) could end up with the counter at 0 instead
of >0 and introduce insufficient skb tailroom
failures because mac80211 would not resize skbs
appropriately anymore.
Fixes: 8d1f7ecd2a ("mac80211: defer tailroom counter manipulation when roaming")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch makes use of the new AEAD interface which uses a single
SG list instead of separate lists for the AD and plain text.
Tested-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
drivers/net/phy/phy.c
include/linux/skbuff.h
net/ipv4/tcp.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
Switchdev was a case of RTNH_H_{EXTERNAL --> OFFLOAD}
renaming overlapping with net-next changes of various
sorts.
phy.c was a case of two changes, one adding a local
variable to a function whilst the second was removing
one.
tcp.c overlapped a deadlock fix with the addition of new tcp_info
statistic values.
macb.c involved the addition of two zyncq device entries.
skbuff.h involved adding back ipv4_daddr to nf_bridge_info
whilst net-next changes put two other existing members of
that struct into a union.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a station does a channel switch, it's not well defined what its TDLS
peers would do. Avoid a situation when the local side marks a potentially
disconnected peer as a TDLS peer.
Keeping peers connected through CSA is doubly problematic with the upcoming
TDLS WIDER-BW feature which allows peers to widen the BSS channel. The
new channel transitioned-to might not be compatible and would require
a re-negotiation anyway.
Make sure to disallow new TDLS link during CSA.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some splats I was seeing:
(a) WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 0 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/wep.c:102 ieee80211_wep_add_iv
(b) WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 0 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/wpa.c:73 ieee80211_tx_h_michael_mic_add
(c) WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 0 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/wpa.c:433 ieee80211_crypto_ccmp_encrypt
I've seen (a) and (b) with ath9k hw crypto and (c)
with ath9k sw crypto. All of them were related to
insufficient skb tailroom and I was able to
trigger these with ping6 program.
AP_VLANs may inherit crypto keys from parent AP.
This wasn't considered and yielded problems in
some setups resulting in inability to transmit
data because mac80211 wouldn't resize skbs when
necessary and subsequently drop some packets due
to insufficient tailroom.
For efficiency purposes don't inspect both AP_VLAN
and AP sdata looking for tailroom counter. Instead
update AP_VLAN tailroom counters whenever their
master AP tailroom counter changes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to remain-on-channel scheduling delays, when we split an ROC
while coalescing, we'll usually get a picture like this:
existing ROC: |------------------|
current time: ^
new ROC: |------| |-------|
If the expected response frames are then transmitted by the peer
in the hole between the two fragments of the new ROC, we miss
them and the process (e.g. ANQP query) fails.
mac80211 expects that the window to miss something is small:
existing ROC: |------------------|
new ROC: |------||-------|
but that's normally not the case.
To avoid this problem, coalesce only if the new ROC's duration
is <= the remaining time on the existing one:
existing ROC: |------------------|
new ROC: |-----|
and never split a new one but schedule it afterwards instead:
existing ROC: |------------------|
new ROC: |-------------|
type=bugfix
bug=not-tracked
fixes=unknown
Reported-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: EliadX Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Tested-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers with fast-xmit (e.g. ath10k) running in
AP_VLAN setups would fail to communicate with
connected 4addr stations.
The reason was when new station associates it
first goes into master AP interface. It is not
until later that a dedicated AP_VLAN is created
for it and the station itself is moved there.
After that Tx directed at the station should use
4addr header. However fast-xmit wasn't
recalculated and 3addr header remained to be used.
This in turn caused the connected 4addr stations
to drop packets coming from the AP until some
other event would cause fast-xmit to recalculate
for that station (which could never come).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My recent change here introduced a possible memory leak if the
driver registers an invalid cipher schemes. This won't really
happen in practice, but fix the leak nonetheless.
Fixes: e3a55b5399 ("mac80211: validate cipher scheme PN length better")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* LED throughput trigger was crashing
* fast-xmit wasn't treating QoS changes in IBSS correctly
* TDLS could use the wrong channel definition
* using a reserved channel context could use the wrong channel width
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=iUFe
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This just has a few fixes:
* LED throughput trigger was crashing
* fast-xmit wasn't treating QoS changes in IBSS correctly
* TDLS could use the wrong channel definition
* using a reserved channel context could use the wrong channel width
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No matter how the driver manages its NAPI context, there's no way
sending frames to it from a timer can be correct, since it would
corrupt the internal GRO lists.
To avoid that, always use the non-NAPI path when releasing frames
from the timer.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Four minor merge conflicts:
1) qca_spi.c renamed the local variable used for the SPI device
from spi_device to spi, meanwhile the spi_set_drvdata() call
got moved further up in the probe function.
2) Two changes were both adding new members to codel params
structure, and thus we had overlapping changes to the
initializer function.
3) 'net' was making a fix to sk_release_kernel() which is
completely removed in 'net-next'.
4) In net_namespace.c, the rtnl_net_fill() call for GET operations
had the command value fixed, meanwhile 'net-next' adjusted the
argument signature a bit.
This also matches example merge resolutions posted by Stephen
Rothwell over the past two days.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As I was testing with hwsim, I missed that my previous commit to
make LED work depend on activation broke the code because I missed
removing the old trigger struct and some code was still using it,
now erroneously, causing crashes.
Fix this by always using the correct struct.
Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Tested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The chandef of the current channel context might be wider (though
compatible). The TDLS link cares only about the channel of the BSS.
In addition make sure to specify the VHT operation IE when VHT is supported
on a non-2.4GHz band, as required by IEEE802.11ac-2013. This is not the
same as HT-operation, to be specified only if the BSS doesn't support HT.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove checking tailroom when adding IV as it uses only
headroom, and move the check to the ICV generation that
actually needs the tailroom.
In other case I hit such warning and datapath don't work,
when testing:
- IBSS + WEP
- ath9k with hw crypt enabled
- IPv6 data (ping6)
WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 13301 at net/mac80211/wep.c:102 ieee80211_wep_add_iv+0x129/0x190 [mac80211]()
[...]
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff817bf491>] dump_stack+0x45/0x57
[<ffffffff8107746a>] warn_slowpath_common+0x8a/0xc0
[<ffffffff8107755a>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20
[<ffffffffc09ae109>] ieee80211_wep_add_iv+0x129/0x190 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc09ae7ab>] ieee80211_crypto_wep_encrypt+0x6b/0xd0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc09d3fb1>] invoke_tx_handlers+0xc51/0xf30 [mac80211]
[...]
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an IBSS station gets QoS enabled after having been added,
check fast-xmit to make sure the QoS header gets added to the
cache properly and frames can go out with QoS and higher rates.
Reported-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a vif starts using a reserved channel context (during CSA, for example)
the required chandef was recalculated, however it was never applied.
This could result in using chanctx with narrower width than actually
required. Fix this by calling ieee80211_change_chanctx with the recalculated
chandef. This both changes the chanctx's width and recalcs min_def.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This was missed in the previous patch, add some documentation
for rate_ctrl_lock to avoid docbook warnings.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, a cipher scheme can advertise an arbitrarily long
sequence counter, but mac80211 only supports up to 16 bytes
and the initial value from userspace will be truncated.
Fix two things:
* don't allow the driver to register anything longer than
the 16 bytes that mac80211 reserves space for
* require userspace to specify a starting value with the
correct length (or none at all)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For ciphers not supported by mac80211, the function currently
doesn't return any PN data. Fix this by extending the driver's
get_key_seq() a little more to allow moving arbitrary PN data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for
all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to
properly support this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No current (and planned, as far as I know) wifi devices support
encapsulation checksum offload, so remove the useless test here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When LED triggers are compiled in, but not used, mac80211 will still
call them to update the status. This isn't really a problem for the
assoc and radio ones, but the TX/RX (and to a certain extend TPT)
ones can be called very frequently (for every packet.)
In order to avoid that when they're not used, track their activation
and call the corresponding trigger (and in the TPT case, account for
throughput) only when the trigger is actually used by an LED.
Additionally, make those trigger functions inlines since theyre only
used once in the remaining code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is just a code cleanup, make the LED trigger names const
as they're not expected to be modified by drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove items that can be retrieved through nl80211. This also
removes two items (tx_packets and tx_bytes) where only the VO
counter was exposed since they are split up per AC but in the
debugfs file only the first AC was shown.
Also remove the useless "dev" file - the stations have long
been in a sub-directory of the netdev so there's no need for
that any more.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This counter is unsafe with concurrent TX and is only exposed
through debugfs and ethtool. Instead of trying to fix it just
remove it for now, if it's really needed then it should be
exposed through nl80211 and in a way that drivers that do the
fragmentation in the device could support it as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since these counters can only be read through debugfs, there's
very little point in maintaining them all the time. However,
even just making them depend on debugfs is pointless - they're
not normally used. Additionally a number of them aren't even
concurrency safe.
Move them under MAC80211_DEBUG_COUNTERS so they're normally
not even compiled in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The debugfs statistics macros are pointlessly verbose, so change
that macro to just have a single argument. While at it, remove
the unused counters and rename rx_expand_skb_head2 to the better
rx_expand_skb_head_defrag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently while associated to an AP and sending a (public) action
frame to a different AP on the same channel, the action frame will
be sent like a regular tx frame without going off channel.
When power save is enabled this can cause problems, since the device
can go into power save and miss the response to the action frame
that is sent by the other AP.
Force off-channel transmission to avoid this issue in case
- HW offchannel is used,
- the user didn't forbid transmitting frames off channel
- the frame is not sent to the AP that we are associated with
(if it is we assume the response would be bufferable)
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[reword commit message a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When frames time out in the reordering buffer, it is a
good indication that something went wrong and the driver
may want to know about that to take action or trigger
debug flows.
It is pointless to notify the driver about each frame that
is released. Notify each time the timer fires.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we receive a BAR, this typically means that our peer
doesn't hear our Block-Acks or that we can't hear its
frames. Either way, it is a good indication that the link
is in a bad condition. This is why it can serve as a probe
to the driver.
Use the event_callback callback for this.
Since more events with the same data will be added in the
feature, the structure that describes the data attached to
the event is called in a generic name: ieee80211_ba_event.
This also means that from now on, the event_callback can't
sleep.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
HT and VHT override configurations were ignored during association and
applied only when first beacon recived, or not applied at all.
Fix the code to apply HT/VHT overrides during association. This is a bit
tricky since the channel was already configured during authentication
and we don't want to reconfigure it unless there's really a change.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This isn't all that relevant for RX right now, but TX can be concurrent
due to multi-queue and the accounting is therefore broken.
Use the standard per-CPU statistics to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This isn't necessary any more as the stack will automatically
update the TXQ's trans_start after calling ndo_start_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The OCB input path already checked that the BSSID is the broadcast
address, so the later check can never fail.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function really shouldn't be called prepare_for_handlers(),
all it does is check if the frame should be dropped. Rename it
to ieee80211_accept_frame() and clean it up a bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With promisc support gone, only AP and P2P-Device type interfaces
still clear IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH. In both cases this isn't really
necessary though, so we can remove that flag and the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This support is essentially useless as typically networks are encrypted,
frames will be filtered by hardware, and rate scaling will be done with
the intended recipient in mind. For real monitoring of the network, the
monitor mode support should be used instead.
Removing it removes a lot of corner cases.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The hashtable behaviour change was merged into the tree
at about the same time as the mac80211 use of rhashtable,
but of course these don't really conflict in the normal
sense. Enable hash table shrinking now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow debug builds to configure the station hash table maximum
size in order to run with hash collisions in limited scenarios
such as hwsim testing. The default remains 0 which effectively
means no limit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My conversion of the mac80211 station hash table to rhashtable
completely broke the lookup in sta_info_get() as it no longer
took into account the virtual interface. Fix that.
Fixes: 7bedd0cfad ("mac80211: use rhashtable for station table")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All users of AEAD should include crypto/aead.h instead of
include/linux/crypto.h.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the necessary software segmentation on the normal
TX path so that fast-xmit can use segmentation offload if
the hardware (or driver) supports it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If drivers want to support S/G (really just gather DMA on TX) then
we can now easily support this on the fast-xmit path since it just
needs to write to the ethernet header (and already has a check for
that being possible.)
However, disallow this on the regular TX path (which has to handle
fragmentation, software crypto, etc.) by calling skb_linearize().
Also allow the related HIGHDMA since that's not interesting to the
code in mac80211 at all anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we go through the complete TX processing, there are a number
of things like fragmentation and software crypto that require the
checksum to be calculated already.
In favour of maintainability, instead of adding the necessary call
to skb_checksum_help() in all the places that need it, just do it
once before the regular TX processing.
Right now this only affects the TI wlcore and QCA ath10k drivers
since they're the only ones using checksum offload. The previous
commits enabled fast-xmit for them in almost all cases.
For wlcore this even fixes a corner case: when a key fails to be
programmed to hardware software encryption gets used, encrypting
frames with a bad checksum.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IBSS can be supported very easily since it uses the standard station
authorization state etc. so it just needs to be covered by the header
building switch statement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When crypto is offloaded then in some cases it's all handled
by the device, and in others only some space for the IV must
be reserved in the frame. Handle both of these cases in the
fast-xmit path, up to a limit of 18 bytes of space for IVs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver handles fragmentation then it wouldn't
be done in software so we can still use the fast-xmit
path in that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to speed up mac80211's TX path, add the "fast-xmit" cache
that will cache the data frame 802.11 header and other data to be
able to build the frame more quickly. This cache is rebuilt when
external triggers imply changes, but a lot of the checks done per
packet today are simplified away to the check for the cache.
There's also a more detailed description in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both minstrel (reported by Sven Eckelmann) and the iwlwifi rate
control aren't properly taking concurrency into account. It's
likely that the same is true for other rate control algorithms.
In the case of minstrel this manifests itself in crashes when an
update and other data access are run concurrently, for example
when the stations change bandwidth or similar. In iwlwifi, this
can cause firmware crashes.
Since fixing all rate control algorithms will be very difficult,
just provide locking for invocations. This protects the internal
data structures the algorithms maintain.
I've manipulated hostapd to test this, by having it change its
advertised bandwidth roughly ever 150ms. At the same time, I'm
running a flood ping between the client and the AP, which causes
this race of update vs. get_rate/status to easily happen on the
client. With this change, the system survives this test.
Reported-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh plink code uses sta->lock to serialize access to the
plink state fields between the peer link state machine and the
peer link timer. Some paths (e.g. those involving
mps_qos_null_tx()) unfortunately hold this spinlock across
frame tx, which is soon to be disallowed. Add a new spinlock
just for plink access.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Stations assigned to an AP_VLAN type interface are flushed
when the interface is stopped, but then we warn about it.
Suppress the warning since there's nothing else that would
ensure those stations are already removed at this point.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add BQL support to via-rhine, from Tino Reichardt.
2) Integrate SWITCHDEV layer support into the DSA layer, so DSA drivers
can support hw switch offloading. From Floria Fainelli.
3) Allow 'ip address' commands to initiate multicast group join/leave,
from Madhu Challa.
4) Many ipv4 FIB lookup optimizations from Alexander Duyck.
5) Support EBPF in cls_bpf classifier and act_bpf action, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Remove the ugly compat support in ARP for ugly layers like ax25,
rose, etc. And use this to clean up the neigh layer, then use it to
implement MPLS support. All from Eric Biederman.
7) Support L3 forwarding offloading in switches, from Scott Feldman.
8) Collapse the LOCAL and MAIN ipv4 FIB tables when possible, to speed
up route lookups even further. From Alexander Duyck.
9) Many improvements and bug fixes to the rhashtable implementation,
from Herbert Xu and Thomas Graf. In particular, in the case where
an rhashtable user bulk adds a large number of items into an empty
table, we expand the table much more sanely.
10) Don't make the tcp_metrics hash table per-namespace, from Eric
Biederman.
11) Extend EBPF to access SKB fields, from Alexei Starovoitov.
12) Split out new connection request sockets so that they can be
established in the main hash table. Much less false sharing since
hash lookups go direct to the request sockets instead of having to
go first to the listener then to the request socks hashed
underneath. From Eric Dumazet.
13) Add async I/O support for crytpo AF_ALG sockets, from Tadeusz Struk.
14) Support stable privacy address generation for RFC7217 in IPV6. From
Hannes Frederic Sowa.
15) Hash network namespace into IP frag IDs, also from Hannes Frederic
Sowa.
16) Convert PTP get/set methods to use 64-bit time, from Richard
Cochran.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1816 commits)
fm10k: Bump driver version to 0.15.2
fm10k: corrected VF multicast update
fm10k: mbx_update_max_size does not drop all oversized messages
fm10k: reset head instead of calling update_max_size
fm10k: renamed mbx_tx_dropped to mbx_tx_oversized
fm10k: update xcast mode before synchronizing multicast addresses
fm10k: start service timer on probe
fm10k: fix function header comment
fm10k: comment next_vf_mbx flow
fm10k: don't handle mailbox events in iov_event path and always process mailbox
fm10k: use separate workqueue for fm10k driver
fm10k: Set PF queues to unlimited bandwidth during virtualization
fm10k: expose tx_timeout_count as an ethtool stat
fm10k: only increment tx_timeout_count in Tx hang path
fm10k: remove extraneous "Reset interface" message
fm10k: separate PF only stats so that VF does not display them
fm10k: use hw->mac.max_queues for stats
fm10k: only show actual queues, not the maximum in hardware
fm10k: allow creation of VLAN on default vid
fm10k: fix unused warnings
...
of the TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() macro that can be used by tracepoints.
Tracepoints have helper functions for the TP_printk() called
__print_symbolic() and __print_flags() that lets a numeric number be
displayed as a a human comprehensible text. What is placed in the
TP_printk() is also shown in the tracepoint format file such that
user space tools like perf and trace-cmd can parse the binary data
and express the values too. Unfortunately, the way the TRACE_EVENT()
macro works, anything placed in the TP_printk() will be shown pretty
much exactly as is. The problem arises when enums are used. That's
because unlike macros, enums will not be changed into their values
by the C pre-processor. Thus, the enum string is exported to the
format file, and this makes it useless for user space tools.
The TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() solves this by converting the enum strings
in the TP_printk() format into their number, and that is what is
shown to user space. For example, the tracepoint tlb_flush currently
has this in its format file:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH, "flush on task switch" },
{ TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN, "remote shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN, "local shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN, "local mm shootdown" })
After adding:
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN);
Its format file will contain this:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ 0, "flush on task switch" },
{ 1, "remote shootdown" },
{ 2, "local shootdown" },
{ 3, "local mm shootdown" })
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVLBTuAAoJEEjnJuOKh9ldjHMIALdRS755TXCZGOf0r7O2akOR
wMPeum7C+ae1mH+jCsJKUC0/jUfQKaMt/UxoHlipDgcGg8kD2jtGnGCw4Xlwvdsr
y4rFmcTRSl1mo0zDSsg6ujoupHlVYN0+JPjrd7S3cv/llJoY49zcanNLF7S2XLeM
dZCtWRLWYpBiWO68ai6AqJTnE/eGFIqBI048qb5Eg8dbK243SSeSIf9Ywhb+VsA+
aq6F7cWI/H6j4tbeza8tAN19dcwenDro5EfCDY8ARQHJu1f6Y3+DLf2imjkd6Aiu
JVAoGIjHIpI+djwCZC1u4gi4urjfOqYartrM3Q54tb3YWYqHeNqP2ASI2a4EpYk=
=Ixwt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'trace-v4.1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rostedt/linux-trace
Pull tracing updates from Steven Rostedt:
"Some clean ups and small fixes, but the biggest change is the addition
of the TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() macro that can be used by tracepoints.
Tracepoints have helper functions for the TP_printk() called
__print_symbolic() and __print_flags() that lets a numeric number be
displayed as a a human comprehensible text. What is placed in the
TP_printk() is also shown in the tracepoint format file such that user
space tools like perf and trace-cmd can parse the binary data and
express the values too. Unfortunately, the way the TRACE_EVENT()
macro works, anything placed in the TP_printk() will be shown pretty
much exactly as is. The problem arises when enums are used. That's
because unlike macros, enums will not be changed into their values by
the C pre-processor. Thus, the enum string is exported to the format
file, and this makes it useless for user space tools.
The TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() solves this by converting the enum strings in
the TP_printk() format into their number, and that is what is shown to
user space. For example, the tracepoint tlb_flush currently has this
in its format file:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH, "flush on task switch" },
{ TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN, "remote shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN, "local shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN, "local mm shootdown" })
After adding:
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN);
Its format file will contain this:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ 0, "flush on task switch" },
{ 1, "remote shootdown" },
{ 2, "local shootdown" },
{ 3, "local mm shootdown" })"
* tag 'trace-v4.1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rostedt/linux-trace: (27 commits)
tracing: Add enum_map file to show enums that have been mapped
writeback: Export enums used by tracepoint to user space
v4l: Export enums used by tracepoints to user space
SUNRPC: Export enums in tracepoints to user space
mm: tracing: Export enums in tracepoints to user space
irq/tracing: Export enums in tracepoints to user space
f2fs: Export the enums in the tracepoints to userspace
net/9p/tracing: Export enums in tracepoints to userspace
x86/tlb/trace: Export enums in used by tlb_flush tracepoint
tracing/samples: Update the trace-event-sample.h with TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM()
tracing: Allow for modules to convert their enums to values
tracing: Add TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() macro to map enums to their values
tracing: Update trace-event-sample with TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR documentation
tracing: Give system name a pointer
brcmsmac: Move each system tracepoints to their own header
iwlwifi: Move each system tracepoints to their own header
mac80211: Move message tracepoints to their own header
tracing: Add TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR to xhci-hcd
tracing: Add TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR to kvm-s390
tracing: Add TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR to intel-sst
...
* new mac80211 internal software queue to allow drivers to have
shorter hardware queues and pull on-demand
* use rhashtable for mac80211 station table
* minstrel rate control debug improvements and some refactoring
* fix noisy message about TX power reduction
* fix continuous message printing and activity if CRDA doesn't respond
* fix VHT-related capabilities with "iw connect" or "iwconfig ..."
* fix Kconfig for cfg80211 wireless extensions compatibility
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=mtuo
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-04-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
There isn't much left, but we have
* new mac80211 internal software queue to allow drivers to have
shorter hardware queues and pull on-demand
* use rhashtable for mac80211 station table
* minstrel rate control debug improvements and some refactoring
* fix noisy message about TX power reduction
* fix continuous message printing and activity if CRDA doesn't respond
* fix VHT-related capabilities with "iw connect" or "iwconfig ..."
* fix Kconfig for cfg80211 wireless extensions compatibility
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every tracing file must have its own TRACE_SYSTEM defined.
The mac80211 tracepoint header broke this and add in the middle
of the file had:
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM mac80211_msg
Unfortunately, this broke new code in the ftrace infrastructure.
Moving the mac80211_msg into its own trace file with its own
TRACE_SYSTEM defined fixes the issue.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1428389938.1841.1.camel@sipsolutions.net
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
As the next patch will require the IE splitting utility functions
in cfg80211, move them there from mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
drivers/net/usb/sr9800.c
drivers/net/usb/usbnet.c
include/linux/usb/usbnet.h
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c
net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c
The TCP conflicts were overlapping changes. In 'net' we added a
READ_ONCE() to the socket cached RX route read, whilst in 'net-next'
Eric Dumazet touched the surrounding code dealing with how mini
sockets are handled.
With USB, it's a case of the same bug fix first going into net-next
and then I cherry picked it back into net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which
they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues
short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs.
The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver -
queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by
calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue
management later without changing drivers using this code.
This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU
aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This changes a couple of messages from sdata_info to sdata_dbg.
This should reduce some log spam, as reported here:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1206468
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds the statistical descriptor "standard deviation"
to better describe the current properties of Minstrel and
Minstrel-HTs success probability distribution. The standard
deviation (SD) is calculated as exponential weighted moving
standard deviation (EWMSD) and its current value is added as
new column in all rc_stats (in debugfs).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch reduces the calculation costs of the EWMA macro from
"2x multiplication and 1 addition" down to "1x multiplication and
2x additions". This slightly improves performance depending on the
CPU architecture.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds the new statistic "maximum possible lossless
throughput" to Minstrels and Minstrel-HTs rc_stats (in debugfs). This
enables comprehensive comparison between current per-rate throughput
and max. achievable per-rate throughput.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch moves Minstrels and Minstrel-HTs per-rate throughput
calculation (EWMA(thr)) into a dedicated function to be called.
Therefore the variable "unsigned int cur_tp" within struct
"minstrel_rate_stats" becomes obsolete. and is removed to free
up its space.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch ensures a consistent usage of variable names for type
"minstrel_rate_stats" to be used as "mrs" and from type minstrel_rate
as "mr" across both Minstrel & Minstrel-HT. In addition some
variable and function names got changed to more meaningful ones.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch unifies the calculation of Minstrels and Minstrel-HTs
per-rate statistic. The new common function minstrel_calc_rate_stats()
is called when a statistic update is performed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new debugfs file "rc_stats_csv" to output
Minstrel-HTs statistics in a common csv format that is easy
to parse.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[remove printing current time of day]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new debugfs file "rc_stats_csv" to output Minstrels
statistics in a common csv format that is easy to parse.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[remove printing current time of day]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's an issue with the way the RX A-MPDU reorder timer is
deleted that can cause a kernel crash like this:
* tid_rx is removed - call_rcu(ieee80211_free_tid_rx)
* station is destroyed
* reorder timer fires before ieee80211_free_tid_rx() runs,
accessing the station, thus potentially crashing due to
the use-after-free
The station deletion is protected by synchronize_net(), but
that isn't enough -- ieee80211_free_tid_rx() need not have
run when that returns (it deletes the timer.) We could use
rcu_barrier() instead of synchronize_net(), but that's much
more expensive.
Instead, to fix this, add a field tracking that the session
is being deleted. In this case, the only re-arming of the
timer happens with the reorder spinlock held, so make that
code not rearm it if the session is being deleted and also
delete the timer after setting that field. This ensures the
timer cannot fire after ___ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session()
returns, which fixes the problem.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch restructures the rc_stats debugfs table of Minstrel-HT in
order to achieve better human readability. A new layout of the
statistics and a new header is added. In addition to the old layout
there are two new columns of information added:
idx - representing the rate index of each rate in mac80211 which
can be used to set specific rates as fixed rate via debugfs
airtime - the tx-time in micro seconds that a 1200 Byte packet
takes to be transmitted over the air at the given rate
The old layout of rc_stats:
type rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
HT20/LGI MCS0 5.6 100.0 100.0 1 0( 0) 1( 1)
HT20/LGI B MCS1 10.5 100.0 100.0 0 0( 0) 1( 1)
HT20/LGI A MCS2 14.8 100.0 100.0 0 0( 0) 1( 1)
...
is changed into this new layout:
best ________rate______ __statistics__ ________last_______ ______sum-of________
mode guard # rate [name idx airtime] [ ø(tp) ø(prob)] [prob.|retry|suc|att] [#success | #attempts]
HT20 LGI 1 MCS0 0 1480 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0 0 0 0
HT20 LGI 1 B MCS1 1 740 10.5 100.0 100.0 0 0 0 1 1
HT20 LGI 1 A MCS2 2 496 14.8 100.0 100.0 0 0 0 1 1
...
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch restructures the rc_stats debugfs table of Minstrel in
order to achieve better human readability. A new layout of the
statistics and a new header is added. In addition to the old layout
there are two new columns of information added:
idx - representing the rate index of each rate in mac80211 which
can be used to set specific rates as fixed rate via debugfs
airtime - the tx-time in micro seconds that a 1200 Byte packet
takes to be transmitted over the air at the given rate
The old layout of rc_stats:
rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
DP 1 0.9 93.5 100.0 1 0( 0) 2( 2)
2 0.4 40.0 100.0 0 0( 0) 4( 10)
5.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0( 0) 0( 0)
...
is changed into this new layout:
best _______rate_____ __statistics__ ________last_______ ______sum-of________
rate [name idx tx-time] [ ø(tp) ø(prob)] [prob.|retry|suc|att] [#success | #attempts]
DP 1 0 9738 0.9 93.5 100.0 1 1 1 2 2
2 1 4922 0.4 40.0 100.0 1 0 0 4 10
5.5 2 1858 0.0 0.0 0.0 2 0 0 0 0
...
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We currently have a hand-rolled table with 256 entries and are
using the last byte of the MAC address as the hash. This hash
is obviously very fast, but collisions are easily created and
we waste a lot of space in the common case of just connecting
as a client to an AP where we just have a single station. The
other common case of an AP is also suboptimal due to the size
of the hash table and the ease of causing collisions.
Convert all of this to use rhashtable with jhash, which gives
us the advantage of a far better hash function (with random
perturbation to avoid hash collision attacks) and of course
that the hash table grows and shrinks dynamically with chain
length, improving both cases above.
Use a specialised hash function (using jhash, but with fixed
length) to achieve better compiler optimisation as suggested
by Sergey Ryazanov.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=O/cf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-03-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Lots of updates for net-next; along with the usual flurry
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the upcoming fast-xmit patch, changing station state will
build a header cache based on the station's capabilities, and
as the QoS capability (sta.wme) impacts the header, it needs
to be set before.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These are mandated by IEEE802.11-2012 section 8.5.8.6 and IEEE802.11ac-2013
section 8.5.8.16.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add VHT support for IBSS. Drivers could activate
this feature by setting NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS
flag.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of wide bandwidth (wider than 20MHz) used by IBSS,
scan all channels in chandef to be able to find neighboring
IBSS netwqworks that use the same overall channels but a different
control channel.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to look up the RA station earlier to implement a TX
fastpath, factor out the lookup from ieee80211_build_hdr().
To always have a valid station pointer, also move some of the
checks into the new function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Indicating just the peer's capability is fairly pointless
if the local device doesn't support it. Make the variable
track both combined, and remove the 'local support' check
in the TX path.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Louis reported that a static checker was complaining that
the 'dst' variable was set (multiple times) but not used.
This is due to a previous commit having removed the usage
(apparently erroneously), so add it back.
Fixes: a344d6778a ("mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR")
Reported-by: Louis Langholtz <lou_langholtz@me.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This code is written using an anti-pattern called "success handling"
which makes it hard to read, especially if you are used to normal kernel
style. It should instead be written as a list of directives in a row
with branches for error handling.
(Basically copied from Dan's previous patch for CCM)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This code is written using an anti-pattern called "success handling"
which makes it hard to read, especially if you are used to normal kernel
style. It should instead be written as a list of directives in a row
with branches for error handling.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 8ade538bf3 ("mac80111: Add BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256
ciphers") had the success return in incorrect place before the
crypto_aead_setauthsize() call which practically ended up skipping that
call unconditionally.
The missing call did not actually change any functionality since
GMAC_MIC_LEN (16) is identical to the maxauthsize in gcm(aes) and as
such, the default value used for the authsize parameter.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will expose in /sys whether the ifname of a device is set by
userspace or generated by the kernel. The latter kind (wlanX, etc)
is not deterministic, so userspace needs to rename these devices
to names that are guaranteed to stay the same between reboots. The
former, however should never be renamed, so userspace needs to be
able to reliably tell the difference.
Similar functionality was introduced for the rtnetlink core in
commit 5517750f05 ("net: rtnetlink - make create_link take name_assign_type")
Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
[reformat changelog to fit 72 cols]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a peer or some local agent (rate control, ...) decides to start
an aggregation session but doesn't support HT (which also implies
QoS), reject it.
This is mostly a corner case as such peers normally won't try to
use block-ack sessions and rate control wouldn't start them, but
technically QoS stations could request it according to the spec.
However, since drivers don't really support such non-HT sessions
it's better to reject them.
Also, while at it, move the tracing for TX sessions earlier so it
captures the error cases as well.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Seems Broadcom TDLS peers (Nexus 5, Xperia Z3) refuse to allow TDLS
connection when channel-switching is supported but the regulatory
classes IE is missing from the setup request.
Add a chandef to reg-class translation function to cfg80211 and use it
to add the required IE during setup. For now add only the current
regulatory class as supported - it is enough to resolve the
compatibility issue.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Stop scan before authentication or association to make sure
that nothing interferes with connection flow.
Currently mac80211 defers RX auth and assoc packets (among other ones)
until after the scan is complete, so auth during scan is likely to fail
if scan took too much time.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the reason
of the deauth.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the
success / failure of the association.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the
success / failure of the authentication.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and
others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing
about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or
to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc...
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The rate control locking caused a potential deadlock here due to the
locks being acquired in different orders, so that change cannot yet
be applied. However, there's no fundamental reason for this code to
hold the sta->lock while transmitting frames.
Clearly it's better not to hold the lock for longer periods of time,
which can happen here since we call all the way down to the driver.
Change the code a bit to not hold it while doing that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
net/core/sysctl_net_core.c
net/ipv4/inet_diag.c
The be_main.c conflict resolution was really tricky. The conflict
hunks generated by GIT were very unhelpful, to say the least. It
split functions in half and moved them around, when the real actual
conflict only existed solely inside of one function, that being
be_map_pci_bars().
So instead, to resolve this, I checked out be_main.c from the top
of net-next, then I applied the be_main.c changes from 'net' since
the last time I merged. And this worked beautifully.
The inet_diag.c and sysctl_net_core.c conflicts were simple
overlapping changes, and were easily to resolve.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of looking up the destination station twice in the TX path
(first to build the header, and then for control processing), save
it when building the header and use it later in the TX path.
To avoid having to look up the station in the many callers, allow
those to pass %NULL which keeps the existing lookup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In ieee80211_build_hdr(), the station is looked up to build the
header correctly (QoS field) and to check for authorization. For
mesh, authorization isn't checked here, and QoS capability is
mandatory, so the station lookup can be avoided.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there's no station on the 4-addr VLAN interface, then frames
cannot be transmitted. Drop such frames earlier, before setting
up all the information for them.
We should keep the old check though since that code might be used
for other internally-generated frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to look up the destination station twice while
building the 802.11 header for a given frame if the frame will
actually be transmitted to the station we initially looked up.
This happens for 4-addr VLAN interfaces and TDLS connections, which
both directly send the frame to the station they looked up, though
in the case of TDLS some station conditions need to be checked.
To avoid that, add a variable indicating that we've looked up the
station that the frame is going to be transmitted to, and avoid the
lookup/flag checking if it already has been done.
In the TDLS case, also move the authorized/wme_sta flag assignment
to the correct place, i.e. only when that station is really used.
Before this change, the new lookup should always have succeeded so
that the potentially erroneous data would be overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This mechanism was historic, and only ever used by IBSS, which
also doesn't need to have it as it properly manages station's
802.1X PAE state (or, with WEP, always has a key.)
Remove the mechanism to clean up the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a key is installed using a cipher scheme, set a new
internal key flag (KEY_FLAG_CIPHER_SCHEME) on it, to allow
distinguishing such keys more easily.
In particular, use this flag on the TX path instead of
testing the sta->cipher_scheme pointer, as the station is
NULL for broad-/multicast message, and use the key's iv_len
instead of the cipher scheme information.
Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
[add missing documentation, rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Put station specific code in ieee80211_update_sta_info
function.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On very high MCS bitrates, the calculated duration of rates that are
next to each other can be very imprecise, due to the small packet size
used as reference (1200 bytes).
This is most visible in VHT80 nss=2 MCS8/9, for which minstrel shows the
same throughput when the probability is also the same. This leads to a
bad rate selection for such rates.
Fix this issue by introducing an average A-MPDU size factor into the
calculation.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently when TDLS station in driver goes from authenticated
to associated state it can not use rate control parameters
because rate control is not initialized yet. Some drivers
require parameters already initialized by rate control when
entering associated state. It can be done by initializing
rate control after station transition to associated state but
before notifying driver about that.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
[fix comment to say 'associated' instead of 'authorized']
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the AP is confused and starts doing a CSA to the same channel,
just ignore that request instead of trying to act it out since it
was likely sent in error anyway.
In the case of the bug I was investigating the GO was misbehaving
and sending out a beacon with CSA IEs still included after having
actually done the channel switch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a beacon from the AP contains only the ECSA IE, and not a CSA IE
as well, this ECSA IE is not considered for calculating the CRC and
the beacon might be dropped as not being interesting. This is clearly
wrong, it should be handled and the channel switch should be executed.
Fix this by including the ECSA IE ID in the bitmap of interesting IEs.
Reported-by: Gil Tribush <gil.tribush@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since moving the interface combination checks to mac80211, it's
broken because it now only considers interfaces with an assigned
channel context, so for example any interface that isn't active
can still be up, which is clearly an issue; also, in particular
P2P-Device wdevs are an issue since they never have a chanctx.
Fix this by counting running interfaces instead the ones with a
channel context assigned.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.16+]
Fixes: 73de86a389 ("cfg80211/mac80211: move interface counting for combination check to mac80211")
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[rewrite commit message, dig out the commit it fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The schedule_work()/mutex unlocking code is duplicated many times,
refactor that to a common place in the function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow mac80211 drivers to call cfg80211 APIs with
the right handle.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the netdev stats accounting into the common function
ieee80211_deliver_skb() that is called in both places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
timeout was being passed as int but assigned from u32/u16 values and used
as unsigned type. This is really only for better readability.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is primarily an API consolidation and should make things more readable
it replaces var * HZ / 1000 by msecs_to_jiffies(var) which also handles
corner cases correctly.
There is a change of behavior as e.g. for HZ 100, t * HZ / 1000 will
return 0 for t < 10 but msecs_to_jiffies will return at least 1 always.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some device drivers offload part of aggregation including AddBA/DelBA
negotiations to firmware. In such scenario, the PMF configuration of
the station needs to be provided to driver to enable encryption of
AddBA/DelBA action frames.
Signed-off-by: SenthilKumar Jegadeesan <sjegadee@qti.qualcomm.com>
[fix commit log, documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes the driver might want to modify private data in interfaces
that are down. One possible use-case is cleaning up interface state
after HW recovery. Some interfaces that were up before the recovery took
place might be down now, but they might still be "dirty".
Introduce a new iterate_interfaces() API and a new ACTIVE iterator flag.
This way the internal implementation of the both active and inactive
APIs remains the same.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb() function currently entirely ignores
the fact that the SKB that is passed in might be split into more
than one due to fragmentation and doesn't check the list of skbs
that the TX handlers may create. In case this happens, it would
leak them.
Fix this and also don't leave the skb next/prev pointers dangling
pointing to the on-stack sk_buff_head.
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In ieee80211_queue_work() we check if we're quiescing or suspended, so
it's not necessary to check for quiescing before calling this
function. Remove duplicate checks.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
TDLS off-channel can be allowed in channels marked with GO_CONCURRENT,
provided the device is connected to an AP on the same UNII.
When relaxing the NO-IR requirements for TDLS, we might hit flows in
cfg80211_reg_can_beacon that acquire the wdev lock. Take some measures
to allow this during TDLS setup.
Acquire the RCU read lock later in the flow that invokes
cfg80211_reg_can_beacon.
Avoid taking local->mtx when preparing the setup packet to avoid
circular deadlocks with mac80211 code that is invoked with wdev-mtx
held.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver rejects WoWLAN, restart the queues before returning
to cfg80211. cfg80211 will return to mac80211, but not before it
disconnects all interfaces. If we don't start the queues, any of
the packets needed for disconnecting won't be transmitted, which
is strange. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We check local->open_count at the top of the __ieee80211_suspend(), so
there's no need to check for it again. open_count is protected by the
rtnl, so there's no chance for it to have change between the two
calls.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers can't really be expected to suspend properly while auth
or assoc is in progress since then they don't have any state
they could keep with WoWLAN, nor can they actually finish the
authentication or association. In fact, keeping this can cause
subtle issues with drivers like iwlwifi that refuse WoWLAN if
not associated, but have trouble figuring out what's going on
in the middle of association.
In any case, regardless of possible driver issues in this area,
it doesn't make sense for mac80211 to try to WoWLAN-suspend in
the middle of such operations, so stop them before.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker.c
The rocker commit was two overlapping changes, one to rename
the ->vport member to ->pport, and another making the bitmask
expression use '1ULL' instead of plain '1'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If any interface fails to be added to the driver in during reconfig,
we should remove all the successfully added interfaces and report
reconfig failure, so things can be cleaned up properly. Failing to do
so can lead to subsequent failures and leave the drivers in a messed
up state.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since cfg80211 disconnects, but has no insight into the association
process, it can happen that it disconnects while association is in
progress. We then try to abort association in mac80211, but this is
only later so the association can complete between the two.
This results in removing an interface from the driver while bound
to the channel context, obviously causing confusion and issues.
Solve this by also checking if we're associated during quiesce and
if so deauthenticating. The frame will no longer go out to the AP
which is a bit unfortunate, but it'll resolve the crash (and before
we would have suspended without telling the AP as well.)
I'm working on a better, but more complex solution as well, which
should avoid that problem.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the AID and VHT-cap/operation IEs during TDLS setup. Remove the
block of TDLS peers when setting HT-caps of the peer station.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Beacon's timestamp, device system time associated with this beacon and
DTIM count parameters are not updated in the associated vif context
if the latest beacon's content is identical to the previously received.
It make sense to update these changing parameters on every beacon so the
driver can get most updated values. This may be necessary, for example,
to avoid either beacons' drift effect or device time stamp overrun.
IMPORTANT: Three sync_* parameters - sync_ts, sync_device_ts and
sync_dtim_count would possibly be out of sync by the time the driver will
use them. The synchronized view is currently guaranteed only in certain
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
802.11ad adds new a network type (PBSS) and changes the capability
field interpretation for the DMG (60G) band.
The same 2 bits that were interpreted as "ESS" and "IBSS" before are
re-used as a 2-bit field with 3 valid values (and 1 reserved). Valid
values are: "IBSS", "PBSS" (new) and "AP".
In order to get the BSS struct for the new PBSS networks, change the
cfg80211_get_bss() function to take a new enum ieee80211_bss_type
argument with the valid network types, as "capa_mask" and "capa_val"
no longer work correctly (the search must be band-aware now.)
The remaining bits in "capa_mask" and "capa_val" are used only for
privacy matching so replace those two with a privacy enum as well.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org>
[rewrite commit log, tiny fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some APs experience problems when working with
U-APSD. Decreasing the probability of that
happening by using legacy mode for all ACs but VO
isn't enough.
Cisco 4410N originally forced us to enable VO by
default only because it treated non-VO ACs as
legacy.
However some APs (notably Netgear R7000) silently
reclassify packets to different ACs. Since u-APSD
ACs require trigger frames for frame retrieval
clients would never see some frames (e.g. ARP
responses) or would fetch them accidentally after
a long time.
It makes little sense to enable u-APSD queues by
default because it needs userspace applications to
be aware of it to actually take advantage of the
possible additional powersavings. Implicitly
depending on driver autotrigger frame support
doesn't make much sense.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh forwarding path was not checking that data
frames were protected when running an encrypted network;
add the necessary check.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Revert commit ad38bfc916 ("mac80211: Tx frame latency statistics")
(along with some follow-up fixes).
This code turned out not to be as useful in the current form as we
thought, and we've internally hacked it up more, but that's not
very suitable for upstream (for now), and we might just do that
with tracing instead.
Therefore, for now at least, remove this code. We might also need
to use the skb->tstamp field for the TCP performance issue, which
is more important than the debugging.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both wpa_supplicant and mac80211 have and inactivity timer. By default
wpa_supplicant will be timed out in 5 minutes and mac80211's it is 30
minutes. If wpa_supplicant uses a longer timer than mac80211, it will
get unexpected disconnection by mac80211.
Using 0xffffffff instead as the configured value could solve this w/o
changing the code, but due to integer overflow in the expression used
this doesn't work. The expression is:
(current jiffies) > (frame Rx jiffies + NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT * 250)
On 32bit system, the right side would overflow and be a very small
value if NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT is sufficiently large,
causing unexpectedly early disconnections.
Instead allow disabling the inactivity timer to avoid this situation,
by passing the (previously invalid and useless) value 0.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
[reword/rewrap commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When changing AP SMPS, we need to look up all the stations
for this interface, so there's no reason to iterate over
hash chains rather than doing the simpler iteration over
the station list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since multicast addresses don't exist as stations, don't attempt
to look them up in the hashtable on TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current minstrel_ht rate control behavior is somewhat optimistic in
trying to find optimum TX rate. While this is usually fine for normal
Data frames, there are cases where a more conservative set of retry
parameters would be beneficial to make the connection more robust.
EAPOL frames are critical to the authentication and especially the
EAPOL-Key message 4/4 (the last message in the 4-way handshake) is
important to get through to the AP. If that message is lost, the only
recovery mechanism in many cases is to reassociate with the AP and start
from scratch. This can often be avoided by trying to send the frame with
more conservative rate and/or with more link layer retries.
In most cases, minstrel_ht is currently using the initial EAPOL-Key
frames for probing higher rates and this results in only five link layer
transmission attempts (one at high(ish) MCS and four at MCS0). While
this works with most APs, it looks like there are some deployed APs that
may have issues with the EAPOL frames using HT MCS immediately after
association. Similarly, there may be issues in cases where the signal
strength or radio environment is not good enough to be able to get
frames through even at couple of MCS 0 tries.
The best approach for this would likely to be to reduce the TX rate for
the last rate (3rd rate parameter in the set) to a low basic rate (say,
6 Mbps on 5 GHz and 2 or 5.5 Mbps on 2.4 GHz), but doing that cleanly
requires some more effort. For now, we can start with a simple one-liner
that forces the minimum rate to be used for EAPOL frames similarly how
the TX rate is selected for the IEEE 802.11 Management frames. This does
result in a small extra latency added to the cases where the AP would be
able to receive the higher rate, but taken into account how small number
of EAPOL frames are used, this is likely to be insignificant. A future
optimization in the minstrel_ht design can also allow this patch to be
reverted to get back to the more optimized initial TX rate.
It should also be noted that many drivers that do not use minstrel as
the rate control algorithm are already doing similar workarounds by
forcing the lowest TX rate to be used for EAPOL frames.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Tested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 06d961a8e2 ("mac80211/minstrel: use the new rate control API")
inverted the condition 'if (msr->sample_limit != 0)' to
'if (!msr->sample_limit != 0)'. But it is confusing both to people and
compilers (gcc5):
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel.c: In function 'minstrel_get_rate':
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel.c:376:26: warning: logical not is only applied to the left hand side of comparison
if (!msr->sample_limit != 0)
^
Let there be only 'if (!msr->sample_limit)'.
Fixes: 06d961a8e2 ("mac80211/minstrel: use the new rate control API")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If ieee80211_vif_use_channel() fails, we have to clear
sdata->radar_required (which we might have just set).
Failing to do it results in stale radar_required field
which prevents starting new scan requests.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[use false instead of 0]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
* fix a number of suspend/resume related races
(from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
* add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
* add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
* allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
* some other cleanups (various)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=wOaR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-02-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Last round of updates for net-next:
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
* fix a number of suspend/resume related races
(from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
* add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
* add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
* allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
* some other cleanups (various)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-sdb.dts
net/sched/cls_bpf.c
Two simple sets of overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows mac80211 to configure BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256 to the
driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the
driver does not support this with hardware accelaration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows mac80211 to configure BIP-CMAC-256 to the driver and also
use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not
support this with hardware accelaration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows mac80211 to configure CCMP-256 to the driver and also use
software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support
this with hardware accelaration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[squash ccmp256 -> mic_len argument change]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows mac80211 to configure GCMP and GCMP-256 to the driver and
also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does
not support this with hardware accelaration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[remove a spurious newline]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If suspend starts while ieee80211_scan_completed() is running, between
the point where SCAN_COMPLETED is set and the work is queued,
ieee80211_scan_cancel() will not catch the work and we may finish
suspending before the work is actually executed, leaving the scan
running while suspended.
To fix this race, queue the scan work during resume if the
SCAN_COMPLETED flag is set and flush it immediately.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For drivers without beacon filtering, support beacon statistics
entirely, i.e. report the number of beacons and average signal.
For drivers with beacon filtering, give them the number of beacons
received by mac80211 -- in case the device reports only the number
of filtered beacons then driver doesn't have to count all beacons
again as mac80211 already does.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the case of non-QoS association, the counter was actually
wrong. The right index isn't security_idx but seqno_idx, as
security_idx will be 0 for data frames, while 16 is needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These conditions are rather difficult to follow, for example
because "!sta" only exists to not crash in the case that we
don't have a station pointer (WLAN_TDLS_SETUP_REQUEST) in
which the additional condition (peer supports HT) doesn't
actually matter anyway.
Cleaning this up only duplicates two lines of code but makes
the rest far easier to read, so do that.
As a side effect, smatch stops complaining about the lack of
a sta pointer test after the !sta (since the !sta goes away)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to use another local 'sta' variable as the
original (outer scope) one isn't needed any more and has
become invalid anyway when exiting the RCU read section.
Remove the inner scope one and along with it the useless NULL
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 2ae70efcea.
The new peer events that are generated by the change are causing problems
with wpa_supplicant in userspace: wpa_s tries to restart SAE authentication
with the peer when receiving the event, even though authentication may be in
progress already, and it gets very confused.
Revert back to the original operating mode, which is to only get events when
there is no corresponding station entry.
Cc: Nishikawa, Kenzoh <Kenzoh.Nishikawa@jp.sony.com>
Cc: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is possible that a deferred scan is queued after the queues are
flushed in __ieee80211_suspend(). The deferred scan work may be
scheduled by ROC or ieee80211_stop_poll().
To make sure don't start a new scan while suspending, check whether
we're quiescing or suspended and complete the scan immediately if
that's the case.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we go to suspend, there is complex set of states that
avoids races. The quiescing variable is set whlie
__ieee80211_suspend is running. Then suspended is set.
The code makes sure there is no window without any of these
flags.
The problem is that workers can still be enqueued while we
are quiescing. This leads to situations where the driver is
already suspending and other flows like disassociation are
handled by a worker.
To fix this, we need to check quiescing and suspended flags
in the worker itself and not only before enqueueing it.
I also add here extensive documentation to ease the
understanding of these complex issues.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When mac80211 disconnects, it drops all the packets on the
queues. This happens after the net stack has been notified
that we have no link anymore (netif_carrier_off).
netif_carrier_off ensures that no new packets are sent to
xmit() callback, but we might have older packets in the
middle of the Tx path. These packets will land in the
driver's queues after the latter have been flushed.
Synchronize_net() between netif_carrier_off and drv_flush()
will fix this.
Note that we can't call synchronize_net inside
ieee80211_flush_queues since there are flows that call
ieee80211_flush_queues and don't need synchronize_net()
which is an expensive operation.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[reword comment to be more accurate]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix a regression introduced by commit a5e70697d0 ("mac80211: add radiotap flag
and handling for 5/10 MHz") where the IEEE80211_CHAN_CCK channel type flag was
incorrectly replaced by the IEEE80211_CHAN_OFDM flag. This commit fixes that by
using the CCK flag again.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: a5e70697d0 ("mac80211: add radiotap flag and handling for 5/10 MHz")
Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <vanhoefm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In normal cases (i.e. when we are fully associated), cfg80211 takes
care of removing all the stations before calling suspend in mac80211.
But in the corner case when we suspend during authentication or
association, mac80211 needs to roll back the station states. But we
shouldn't roll back the station states in the suspend function,
because this is taken care of in other parts of the code, except for
WDS interfaces. For AP types of interfaces, cfg80211 takes care of
disconnecting all stations before calling the driver's suspend code.
For station interfaces, this is done in the quiesce code.
For WDS interfaces we still need to do it here, so move the code into
a new switch case for WDS.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [3.15+]
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Control per packet Transmit Power Control (TPC) in lower drivers
according to TX power settings configured by the user. In particular TPC is
enabled if value passed in enum nl80211_tx_power_setting is
NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from userspace),
whereas TPC is disabled if nl80211_tx_power_setting is set to
NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers unfortunately cannot support software crypto, but
mac80211 currently assumes that they do.
This has the issue that if the hardware enabling fails for some
reason, the software fallback is used, which won't work. This
clearly isn't desirable, the error should be reported and the
key setting refused.
Support this in mac80211 by allowing drivers to set a new HW
flag IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL, in which case mac80211 will
only allow software fallback if the set_key() method returns 1.
The driver will also need to advertise supported cipher suites
so that mac80211 doesn't advertise any (future) software ciphers
that the driver can't actually do.
While at it, to make it easier to support this, refactor the
ieee80211_init_cipher_suites() code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Station info state is started in allocation, so should be
destroyed on free (it's just a timer); rate control must
be freed if anything afterwards fails to initialize.
LED exit should be later, no need for locking there, but
it needs to be done also when rate init failed.
Also clean up the code by moving a label so the locking
doesn't have to be done separately.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While suspending, we destroy the authentication /
association that might be taking place. While doing so, we
forgot to delete the timer which can be firing after
local->suspended is already set, producing the warning below.
Fix that by deleting the timer.
[66722.825487] WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 5612 at net/mac80211/util.c:755 ieee80211_can_queue_work.isra.18+0x32/0x40 [mac80211]()
[66722.825487] queueing ieee80211 work while going to suspend
[66722.825529] CPU: 2 PID: 5612 Comm: kworker/u16:69 Tainted: G W O 3.16.1+ #24
[66722.825537] Workqueue: events_unbound async_run_entry_fn
[66722.825545] Call Trace:
[66722.825552] <IRQ> [<ffffffff817edbb2>] dump_stack+0x4d/0x66
[66722.825556] [<ffffffff81075cad>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7d/0xa0
[66722.825572] [<ffffffffa06b5b90>] ? ieee80211_sta_bcn_mon_timer+0x50/0x50 [mac80211]
[66722.825573] [<ffffffff81075d1c>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x4c/0x50
[66722.825586] [<ffffffffa06977a2>] ieee80211_can_queue_work.isra.18+0x32/0x40 [mac80211]
[66722.825598] [<ffffffffa06977d5>] ieee80211_queue_work+0x25/0x50 [mac80211]
[66722.825611] [<ffffffffa06b5bac>] ieee80211_sta_timer+0x1c/0x20 [mac80211]
[66722.825614] [<ffffffff8108655a>] call_timer_fn+0x8a/0x300
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For some reason, we made the bandwidth separate flags, which
is rather confusing - a single rate cannot have different
bandwidths at the same time.
Change this to no longer be flags but use a separate field
for the bandwidth ('bw') instead.
While at it, add support for 5 and 10 MHz rates - these are
reported as regular legacy rates with their real bitrate,
but tagged as 5/10 now to make it easier to distinguish them.
In the nl80211 API, the flags are preserved, but the code
now can also clearly only set a single one of the flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These rates are treated the same as 160 MHz in the spec,
so it makes no sense to distinguish them. As no driver
uses them yet, this is also not a problem, just remove
them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Radar detection can last indefinite time. There is no
point in deferring a scan request in this case - simply
return -EBUSY.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ctx->conf.radar_enabled should reflect whether radar
detection is enabled for the channel context.
When calculating it, make it consider only the vifs
that have this context assigned (instead of all the
vifs).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
local->radar_detect_enabled should tell whether
radar_detect is enabled on any interface belonging
to local.
However, it's not getting updated correctly
in many cases (actually, when testing with hwsim
it's never been set, even when the dfs master
is beaconing).
Instead of handling all the corner cases
(e.g. channel switch), simply check whether
radar detection is enabled only when needed,
instead of caching the result.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function adding the supported channels IE during a TDLS connection had
several issues:
1. If the entire subband is usable, the function exitted the loop without
adding it
2. The function only checked chandef_usable, ignoring flags like RADAR
which would prevent TDLS off-channel communcation.
3. HT20 was explicitly required in the chandef, while not a requirement
for TDLS off-channel.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When roaming / suspending, it makes no sense to wait until
the transmit queues of the device are empty. In extreme
condition they can be starved (VO saturating the air), but
even in regular cases, it is pointless to delay the roaming
because the low level driver is trying to send packets to
an AP which is far away. We'd rather drop these packets and
let TCP retransmit if needed. This will allow to speed up
the roaming.
For suspend, the explanation is even more trivial.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a station disconnects with frames still pending, we clear
the TIM bit, but too late - it's only cleared when the station
is already removed from the driver, and thus the driver can get
confused (and hwsim will loudly complain.)
Fix this by clearing the TIM bit earlier, when the station has
been unlinked but not removed from the driver yet. To do this,
refactor the TIM recalculation to in that case ignore traffic
and simply assume no pending traffic - this is correct for the
disconnected station even though the frames haven't been freed
yet at that point.
This patch isn't needed for current drivers though as they don't
check the station argument to the set_tim() operation and thus
don't really run into the possible confusion.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement the new counters cfg80211 can now advertise to userspace.
The TX code is in the sequence number handler, which is a bit odd,
but that place already knows the TID and frame type, so it was
easiest and least impact there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is really just duplicating the list of information that's
already available in the nl80211 attribute, so remove the list.
Two small changes are needed:
* remove STATION_INFO_ASSOC_REQ_IES complete, but the length
(assoc_req_ies_len) can be used instead
* add NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC which exists internally
but not in nl80211 yet
This gets rid of the duplicate maintenance of the two lists.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In many cases, drivers can filter things like beacons that will
skew statistics reported by mac80211. To get correct statistics
in these cases, call drivers to obtain statistics and let them
override all values, filling values from mac80211 if the driver
didn't provide them. Not all of them make sense for the driver
to fill, so some are still always done by mac80211.
Note that this doesn't currently allow a driver to say "I know
this value is wrong, don't report it at all", or to sum it up
with a mac80211 value (as could be useful for "dropped misc"),
that can be added if it turns out to be needed.
This also gets rid of the get_rssi() method as is can now be
implemented using sta_statistics().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the new cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo() function to send the
statistics about the deleted station with the delete event.
This lets userspace see how much traffic etc. the deleted
station used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All of the survey data is (currently) per channel anyway,
so having the word "channel" in the name does nothing. In
the next patch I'll introduce global data to the survey,
where the word "channel" is actually confusing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags
only require headroom space. Therefore, the tailroom-needed counter can
safely be decremented for most drivers.
The older incarnation of this patch (ca34e3b5) assumed that the above
holds true for all drivers. As reported by Christopher Chavez and
researched by Christian Lamparter and Larry Finger, this isn't a valid
assumption for p54 and cw1200.
Drivers that still require tailroom for ICV/MIC even when HW encryption
is enabled can use IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM to indicate it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Cc: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge mac80211.git to get some changes that would otherwise
cause conflicts with new changes coming here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The return value should be initialized to false so that there's a
valid return value when there are no sessions that need work to be
done on them. Luckily, the side effect of using the uninitialized
value is an extra harmless driver call.
Coverity: CID 1260096
Fixes: 02219b3abc ("mac80211: add WMM admission control support")
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
[extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "40a11ca mac80211: check if channels allow 80 MHz for VHT
probe requests" considered disabled channels as VHT enabled, and
mistakenly sent out probe-requests with the VHT IE.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit ca34e3b5c8.
It turns out that the p54 and cw2100 drivers assume that there's
tailroom even when they don't say they really need it. However,
there's currently no way for them to explicitly say they do need
it, so for now revert this.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=90331.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: ca34e3b5c8 ("mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter")
Reported-by: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us>
Bisected-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Debugged-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
dot11MulticastTransmittedFrameCount should be updated according
to the DA, which might be different from A1. Checking A1 results
in the counter being 0 in case of station, as to-DS data frames
use A1 for the BSSID.
This behaviour is defined in state machines, specifically in the
sta_tx_dcf_3.1d(10) description of 802.11-2012.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On minstrel_ht, the size of the per-sta struct is almost 18k, making it
an order-3 allocation.
A few fields inside the per-rate statistics are bigger than they need to
be. This patch reduces the size enough to cut down the per-sta struct to
about 13k (order-2 allocation).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there are no interfaces up, there is no reason
to continue the reconfig flow.
The current code might end up calling driver
callbacks (e.g. resume(), reconfig_complete())
while the driver is already stopped.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ht_oper variable is assigned a value, but never used in
ieee80211_parse_ch_switch_ie(). Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit e1a0c6b ("mac80211: stop toggling IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40")
mistakenly removed the actual update of sta->sta.bandwidth.
Refactor ieee80211_sta_cur_vht_bw() into multiple functions
(calculate caps-bw and chandef-bw separately, and min them
with cur_max_bandwidth).
On ht chanwidth action frame set only cur_max_bandwidth
(according to the sta capabilities) and recalc the sta bw.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In beacons, handle the Country IE even if no Power Constraint IE
is present, and, capability wise, also in case that the Radio
Measurements capability is enabled.
In cases where the Country IE should be handled and that the
Power Constraint IE is not present, the Country IE alone will
set the power limit (and not both Country and Power Constraint
IEs).
Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
HT override configurations was ignored when choosing the channel
(until now, the override configuration affected only the
capabilities shown in the IEs).
The override configurations received only on association time,
so in this case we should determine the channel again.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When writing the code to allow per-station GTKs, I neglected to
take into account the management frame keys (index 4 and 5) when
freeing the station and only added code to free the first four
data frame keys.
Fix this by iterating the array of keys over the right length.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: e31b82136d ("cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of sending peer candidate events just once, send them as long
as the peer remains in the LISTEN state in the peering state machine,
when userspace is implementing the peering manager.
Userspace may silence the events from a peer by progressing the state
machine or by setting the link state to BLOCKED.
Fixes the problem that a mesh peering process won't be fired again after
the previous first peering trial fails due to like air propagation error
if the peering is managed by user space such as wpa_supplicant.
This patch works with another patch for wpa_supplicant described here
which fires a peering process again triggered by the notice from kernel.
http://lists.shmoo.com/pipermail/hostap/2014-November/031235.html
Signed-off-by: Kenzoh Nishikawa <Kenzoh.Nishikawa@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The call to cfg80211_ch_switch_notify() should be at the end of the
ieee80211_chswitch_post_beacon() function, because it should only be
sent if everything succeeded.
Fixes: d04b5ac9e7 ("cfg80211/mac80211: allow any interface to send channel switch notifications")
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When using IBSS in HT mode, we always get NSS=1
in rc_update callback. Force NSS recalculation when
rates updated and notify driver that NSS changed.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to let drivers have more dynamic U-APSD support,
move the enablement flag to the virtual interface driver
flags. This lets drivers not only set it up differently
for different interfaces, but also enable/disable on the
fly if needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The power level might have been set, but as the interface was idle
it might not have taken effect yet. Ask the driver to check the
power level when starting up an AP so that in this case the correct
power level is used in case the device/driver can only set it when
the interface is actually active.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since multicast frames are marked as no-ack, using
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK to check if they have been
successfully transmitted by the driver is incorrect
since a driver can choose to ignore transmission status
for no-ack frames. This results in incorrect accounting
for such frames.
To fix this issue, this patch introduces a new flag
that can be used by drivers to indicate error-free
transmission of no-ack frames.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
[add a note about not setting the flag for non-no-ack frames]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE to info->control.flags since
this is used only in the TX path (by ath9k). This frees up
a bit which can be used for other purposes.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the channel switch has been made, a vif is now using
the channel context which was reserved. When that happens,
we need to update the channel context since its parameters
may change.
I hit a case in which I switched to a 40Mhz channel but the
reserved channel context was still on 20Mhz. The rate control
would try to send 40Mhz packets on a 20Mhz channel context and
that made iwlwifi's firmware unhappy.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As multicast-frames can't be fragmented, "dot11MulticastReceivedFrameCount"
stopped being incremented after the use-after-free fix. Furthermore, the
RX-LED will be triggered by every multicast frame (which wouldn't happen
before) which wouldn't allow the LED to rest at all.
Fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=89431 which also had the
patch.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: b8fff407a1 ("mac80211: fix use-after-free in defragmentation")
Signed-off-by: Andreas Müller <goo@stapelspeicher.org>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Avoid a case where we would access uninitialized stack data if the AP
advertises HT support without 40MHz channel support.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: f3000e1b43 ("mac80211: fix broken use of VHT/20Mhz with some APs")
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"This time I have Felix's no-status rate control work, which will allow
drivers to work better with rate control even if they don't have perfect
status reporting. In addition to this, a small hwsim fix from Patrik,
one of the regulatory patches from Arik, and a number of cleanups and
fixes I did myself.
Of note is a patch where I disable CFG80211_WEXT so that compatibility
is no longer selectable - this is intended as a wake-up call for anyone
who's still using it, and is still easily worked around (it's a one-line
patch) before we fully remove the code as well in the future."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This can be used by drivers that cannot reliably map tx status
information onto specific skbs.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This op works like .tx_status, except it does not need access to the
skb. This will be used by drivers that cannot match tx status
information to specific packets.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fixes a crash on attempting to calculate the frame duration for a VHT
packet (which needs to be handled by hw/driver instead).
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of keeping track of all those special cases where
VLAN interfaces have no bss_conf.chandef, just make sure
they have the same as the AP interface they belong to.
Among others, this fixes a crash getting a VLAN's channel
from userspace since a NULL channel is returned as a good
result (return value 0) for VLANs since the commit below.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.18 only]
Fixes: c12bc4885f ("mac80211: return the vif's chandef in ieee80211_cfg_get_channel()")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[rewrite commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Having it as a sub-event for RSSI thresholds is very ugly,
but luckily no userspace actually uses the events yet.
Move the event to its own function call internally and to
its own event attribute in nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there are no channels allowing 80 MHz to be used, then the
station isn't really VHT capable even if the driver and device
support it in general. In this case, exclude the VHT capability
IE from probe request frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The supported bandwidth field is a two-bit field, not a bitmap,
so treat it accordingly when disabling 80+80 or 160 MHz.
Note that we can only advertise "80+80 and 160" or "160", not
"80+80" by itself, so disabling 160 also disables 80+80.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
another relatively large set of changes:
* TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
patches I did
* custom regulatory fixes from Arik
* minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
* add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
* random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
* CSA improvements (Luca)
* WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
* and lots of other smaller changes from many people
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=q4e6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-11-20' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"It has been a while since my last pull request, so we accumulated
another relatively large set of changes:
* TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
patches I did
* custom regulatory fixes from Arik
* minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
* add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
* random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
* CSA improvements (Luca)
* WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
* and lots of other smaller changes from many people"
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Check the queue mapping earlier, skb->queue_mapping is more likely than
skb->data to still be in d-cache.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows drivers with a firmware or chip-based rate lookup table to
use the most recent default rate selection without having to get it from
per-packet data or explicit ieee80211_get_tx_rate calls
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The rate mask code currently assumes that a rate is legacy if
IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS is not set. This might be the cause of bogus VHT
rates being reported with minstrel_ht.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When 20MHz chandef is used, 40MHz rates shouldn't be
used (by the rate-control algorithm), even if the sta
ht capabilities indicate support for it.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Singed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software
based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every
scan request with the flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to use the scan and scheduled scan request pointers during
RX to check for randomisation, make them accessible using RCU.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
local->scan_req was tested in the previous line, so it
can't be NULL.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In TDLS (e.g., TDLS off-channel) there is a requirement for
some drivers to supply an unused TID between the AP and the
device to the FW, to allow sending PTI requests and to allow
the FW to aggregate on a specific TID for better throughput.
To ensure that the allocated TID is indeed unused, this patch
introduces an API for blocking the driver from TXing on that
TID.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the HW supports IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL, allow
flushing only specific queues rather than all of them.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame
and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with
the parsed data.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement the cfg80211 TDLS channel switch ops and introduce new mac80211
ones for low-level drivers.
Verify low-level driver support for the new ops when using the relevant
wiphy feature bit. Also verify the peer supports channel switching before
passing the command down.
Add a new STA flag to track the off-channel state with the TDLS peer and
make sure to cancel the channel-switch if the peer STA is unexpectedly
removed.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These are used in TDLS channel switching code.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Split the data-generating from the Tx-sending functionality, as we do
not want to send templates to the lower driver. Also add an optional
chandef argument to the data-generating portion. It will be used for
channel-switch templates.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The AP or peer can prohibit TDLS channel switch via a bit in the
extended capabilities IE. Parse the IE and track this bit. Set an
appropriate STA flag if both the AP and peer STA support TDLS
channel-switching.
Add the new STA flag and the missing TDLS_INITIATOR to debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define some related TDLS protocol constants and advertise channel switch
support in the extended-capabilities IE when the feature bit is defined.
Actually supporting TDLS channel-switching also requires support for
some new nl80211 commands, to be introduced by future patches.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the BSS coex IE in case we support HT40 channels, as mandated by
section 8.5.13 in IEEE802.11 2012.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This information element is mandatory in case TDLS channel-switching is to
be supported. The channels given are ones supported and allowed to be
active in the current regulatory setting.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For some TDLS channel switch implementations data frames need to be
sent by the firmware based on a template. This template should be
created by mac80211, and thus needs to properly be built from an
802.3 frame into an 802.11 frame. In addition, the device will need
the key information so the select_key handler needs to be run.
However, the driver/device will be responsible for all of the crypto
encapsulation, as the sequence numbers etc. cannot be built by the
host anyway in this case since it's a template to be used multiple
times.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Factor out the 802.11 header building code from the xmit function
to be able to use it separately in a later commit.
While at it, fix up some documentation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of passing the band as a parameter to ieee80211_xmit()
and ieee80211_tx(), move it outside of the two functions while
making sure info->band is set up before calling them.
This removes the parameter and simplifies the follow commit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the TDLS peer station might not receive the teardown
packet (e.g., when in PS), this makes sure the packet is
retransmitted - this time through the AP - if the TDLS peer
didn't ACK the packet.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allows setting of an skb's flags - if needed - when calling
ieee80211_subif_start_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The commit 5935839ad7
"mac80211: improve minstrel_ht rate sorting by throughput & probability"
introduced a crash on rate sorting that occurs when the rate added to
the sorting array is faster than all the previous rates. Due to an
off-by-one error, it reads the rate index from tp_list[-1], which
contains uninitialized stack garbage, and then uses the resulting index
for accessing the group rate stats, leading to a crash if the garbage
value is big enough.
Cc: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Put duplicate detection into its own RX handler, and separate
out the conditions a bit to make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Radiotap vendor namespace data might still be useful, but we
reverted it because it used too much space in the RX status.
Put it back, but address the space problem by using a single
bit only and putting everything else into the skb->data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For multi-vif channel switches, we want to send
NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY to the userspace to let it decide whether
other interfaces need to be moved as well. This is needed when we
want a P2P GO interface to follow the channel of a station, for
example.
Modify the code so that all interfaces can send CSA notifications.
Additionally, send notifications for STA CSA as well.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Send a channel switch notification to userspace when a channel switch
is requested or when we react to a remote CSA.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The device_timestamp value was left out of the event trace for
drv_pre_channel_switch by mistake. Add it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There was a mistake when merging commit 6d027bcc (mac80211: add
pre_channel_switch driver operation) for upstream. The assignment of
the values in the ch_switch structure came below the call to
drv_pre_channel_switch. Fix the order.
Fixes: 6d027bcc (mac80211: add pre_channel_switch driver operation)
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 7ec7c4a9a6 (mac80211: port CCMP to
cryptoapi's CCM driver) introduced a regression when decrypting empty
packets (data_len == 0). This will lead to backtraces like:
(scatterwalk_start) from [<c01312f4>] (scatterwalk_map_and_copy+0x2c/0xa8)
(scatterwalk_map_and_copy) from [<c013a5a0>] (crypto_ccm_decrypt+0x7c/0x25c)
(crypto_ccm_decrypt) from [<c032886c>] (ieee80211_aes_ccm_decrypt+0x160/0x170)
(ieee80211_aes_ccm_decrypt) from [<c031c628>] (ieee80211_crypto_ccmp_decrypt+0x1ac/0x238)
(ieee80211_crypto_ccmp_decrypt) from [<c032ef28>] (ieee80211_rx_handlers+0x870/0x1d24)
(ieee80211_rx_handlers) from [<c0330c7c>] (ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle+0x8a0/0x91c)
(ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle) from [<c0331260>] (ieee80211_rx+0x568/0x730)
(ieee80211_rx) from [<c01d3054>] (__carl9170_rx+0x94c/0xa20)
(__carl9170_rx) from [<c01d3324>] (carl9170_rx_stream+0x1fc/0x320)
(carl9170_rx_stream) from [<c01cbccc>] (carl9170_usb_tasklet+0x80/0xc8)
(carl9170_usb_tasklet) from [<c00199dc>] (tasklet_hi_action+0x88/0xcc)
(tasklet_hi_action) from [<c00193c8>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x200)
(__do_softirq) from [<c0019734>] (irq_exit+0x80/0xe0)
(irq_exit) from [<c0009c10>] (handle_IRQ+0x64/0x80)
(handle_IRQ) from [<c000c3a0>] (__irq_svc+0x40/0x4c)
(__irq_svc) from [<c0009d44>] (arch_cpu_idle+0x2c/0x34)
Such packets can appear for example when using the carl9170 wireless driver
because hardware sometimes generates garbage when the internal FIFO overruns.
This patch adds an additional length check.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 7ec7c4a9a6 ("mac80211: port CCMP to cryptoapi's CCM driver")
Acked-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ronald Wahl <ronald.wahl@raritan.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers might want to know also when mac80211 has
completed reconfiguring after resume (e.g. in order
to know when frames can be passed to mac80211).
Rename restart_complete() to a more-generic reconfig_complete(),
and add a new enum to indicate the reconfiguration type.
Update the current users with the new prototype.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Deliver up to 128 frames during service period instead of 8 if
unlimited is specified by the client during association.
8 was just an arbitrary value; so is 128 since unlimited can
be any number.
However for large traffic bursts, increasing this value looks
reasonable. Also, it seems that a few certification tests
expect more frames to be delivered during SP.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the RIC data element (RDE) is included in the IEs coming
from userspace for an association request, its handling is
currently broken as any IEs that are contained within it would
be split off from it and inserted again after all the IEs that
mac80211 generates (e.g. HT, VHT.)
To fix this, treat the RIC element specially, and stop after
it only when we find something that doesn't actually belong to
it. This assumes userspace is actually correctly building it,
directly after the fast BSS transition IE and before all the
others like extended capabilities.
This leaves as a potential problem the case where userspace is
building the following IEs:
[RDE] [vendor resource description] [vendor non-resource IE]
In this case, we'd erroneously consider all three IEs to be
part of the RIC data together, and not split them between the
two vendor IEs. Unfortunately, it isn't easily possible to
distinguish vendor IEs, so this isn't easy to fix. Luckily,
this case is rare as normally wpa_supplicant will include an
extended capabilities IE in the IEs, and that certainly will
break the two vendor IEs apart correctly.
Reviewed-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds 802.11p OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode
support.
When communicating in OCB mode a mandatory wildcard BSSID
(48 '1' bits) is used.
The EDCA parameters handling function was changed to support
802.11p specific values.
The insertion of a newly discovered STAs is done in the similar way
as in the IBSS mode -- through the deferred insertion.
The OCB mode uses a periodic 'housekeeping task' for expiration of
disconnected STAs (in the similar manner as in the MESH mode).
New Kconfig option for verbose OCB debugging outputs is added.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds new iface type (NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB) representing
the OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode.
When establishing a connection to the network a cfg80211_join_ocb
function is called (particular nl80211_command is added as well).
A mandatory parameters during the ocb_join operation are 'center
frequency' and 'channel width (5/10 MHz)'.
Changes done in mac80211 are minimal possible required to avoid
many warnings (warning: enumeration value 'NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB'
not handled in switch) during compilation. Full functionality
(where needed) is added in the following patch.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The configured tx power is often limited by hardware capabilities,
channel settings, antenna configuration, etc.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[fix tracing compilation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Upon receiving the last fragment, all but the first fragment
are freed, but the multicast check for statistics at the end
of the function refers to the current skb (the last fragment)
causing a use-after-free bug.
Since multicast frames cannot be fragmented and we check for
this early in the function, just modify that check to also
do the accounting to fix the issue.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Yosef Khyal <yosefx.khyal@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use codespell to find spelling errors.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an interface is deleted, an ongoing hardware scan is canceled and
the driver must abort the scan, at the very least reporting completion
while the interface is removed.
However, if it scheduled the work that might only run after everything
is said and done, which leads to cfg80211 warning that the scan isn't
reported as finished yet; this is no fault of the driver, it already
did, but mac80211 hasn't processed it.
To fix this situation, flush the delayed work when the interface being
removed is the one that was executing the scan.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Tested-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to the time it takes to process the beacon that started the CSA
process, we may be late for the switch if we try to reach exactly
beacon 0. To avoid that, use count - 1 when calculating the switch time.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we are switching from an HT40+ to an HT40- channel (or vice-versa),
we need the secondary channel offset IE to specify what is the
post-CSA offset to be used. This applies both to beacons and to probe
responses.
In ieee80211_parse_ch_switch_ie() we were ignoring this IE from
beacons and using the *current* HT information IE instead. This was
causing us to use the same offset as before the switch.
Fix that by using the secondary channel offset IE also for beacons and
don't ever use the pre-switch offset. Additionally, remove the
"beacon" argument from ieee80211_parse_ch_switch_ie(), since it's not
needed anymore.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Userspace can add keys to an AP mode interface before start_ap has been
called. If there have been no calls to start_ap/stop_ap in the mean
time, the keys will still be around when the interface is brought down.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[adjust comments, fix AP_VLAN case]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_MINSTREL_VHT is set, the module param
minstrel_vht_only tells minstrel_ht whether to allow the mix of ht rates
with vht rates.
ATM, minstrel_ht skips ht rates when minstrel_vht_only is true, but it does
that even if vht is not supported, which makes the sta rates fallback to
legacy as no ht rate gets enabled.
Fixes: 9208247d74 ("mac80211: minstrel_ht: add basic support for VHT rates <= 3SS@80MHz")
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All the callers of ieee80211_mgd_probe_ap_send return right
after they call the flush() callback. This means that calling
flush() is uneeded since its meaning is to wait until the
queues of the device are empty.
Devices that know how to report status on Tx will do so using
the regular path (ieee80211_tx_status) and this status will
trigger the continuation of the flow of the probe
(ieee80211_sta_tx_notify).
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is useful when creating virtual interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will be helpful when using the mac80211_hwsim
wiphys and automated testing. Let user create the
vifs as needed, and named as expected.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support creating wiphy devices with an optional name.
This will be used by hwsim to have better automated control
over virtual radio creation/deletion.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow drivers to iterate all stations currently uploaded to them.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During reconfig the station list is traversed in order and station are
added back to the driver. Make sure the stations are added to the driver
in the same order they were added to mac80211.
This has a real side effect - some drivers (iwlwifi) require TDLS
stations to be added only after the AP station for the same network.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers need to know which station is the TDLS link initiator.
Expose this value via the mac80211 ieee80211_sta structure.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an IV is generated, only the MAC header is moved back. The network
header location remains the same relative to the skb head, as the new IV
is using headroom space that was reserved in advance.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Export ieee80211_ie_split function, so it can be reused by
drivers which need to insert additional elements.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When displaying a rate through debugfs minstrel_ht guesses its flags
comparing group indexes. Since 3ec373c421 ("mac80211: minstrel_ht:
include type (cck/ht) in rates flag"), the rate flags of interest are
present in the mcs_group-s, so use it.
While improving the code, this also fixes a smatch false positive
"error: testing array offset 'i' after use" in minstrel_ht_stats_dump.
This warning only triggers after 9208247d74 ("mac80211: minstrel_ht:
add basic support for VHT rates <= 3SS@80MHz") with
CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_MINSTREL_VHT unset because then MINSTREL_VHT_GROUP_0
is above MINSTREL_GROUPS_NB and smatch only barks when the "testing
array offset" seems to prevent possible out of bonds accesses (which
does not happen here since i < ARRAY_SIZE(mi->groups)).
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a key is tainted during resume, it is no longer programmed
into the device; however, it's uploaded flag may (will) be set.
Clear the flag when not programming it because it's tainted to
avoid attempting to remove it again later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the currently existing APIs between mac80211 and the low
level driver to implement WMM admission control.
The low level driver needs to report the media time used by
each transmitted packet in ieee80211_tx_status. Based on that
information, mac80211 will modify the QoS parameters of the
admission controlled Access Category when the limit is
reached. Once the original QoS parameters can be restored,
mac80211 will do so.
One issue with this approach is that management frames will
also erroneously be downgraded, but the upside is that the
implementation is simple. In the future, it can be extended
to driver- or device-based implementations that are better.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no reason to ever set invalid CW_min/CW_max to the
drivers, we should catch it in higher layers. However, the
consequences of setting it wrong can be quite severe, so
double-check at a low level and error out for invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The debugfs_remove() function can safely take NULL parameters
so the additionally null test isn't required, and there's no
other reason to have it here, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
[rewrite commit message, re-introduce blank line after assert]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the new CONFIG_MAC80211_RC_MINSTREL_VHT is not set (default 'N'),
there is no behavioral change including in sampling and MCS_GROUP_RATES
remains 8.
Otherwise MCS_GROUP_RATES is 10, and a module parameter *vht_only*
(default 'true'), restricts the rates selection to VHT when VHT is
supported.
Regarding the debugfs stats buffer:
It is explicitly increased from 8k to 32k to fit every rates incl. when
both HT and VHT rates are enabled, as for the format, before:
type rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
HT20/LGI ABCDP MCS0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0( 0) 0( 0)
after:
type rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
HT20/LGI ABCDP MCS0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0( 0) 0( 0)
VHT40/LGI MCS5/2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0( 0) 0( 0)
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ATM, we grep cck rates idx with idx / MCS_GROUP_RATES ==
MINSTREL_CCK_GROUP.
Matching neither-cck-non-ht rates could be done by replacing '==' with
'>', however it would be less versatile or explicit.
This will allow to match VHT rates with IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since 5935839ad7 ("mac80211: improve minstrel_ht rate sorting by
throughput & probability"), the rate indexes are manipulated via u8's
and hence allow for a maximum of 256 mcs_group entries in
minstrel_mcs_groups.
ATM, minstrel_ht advertizes support up to 3HTSS@40MHz, consuming:
8(MCS_GROUP_RATES) * (3(SS)*2(GI)*2(BW)+1(CCK)), i.e. 104 entries.
Support for 3VHTSS@80MHz will require:
10(MCS_GROUP_RATES) * (3(SS)*2(GI)*2(BW)+1(CCK)) +
10(MCS_GROUP_RATES) * (3(SS)*2(GI)*3(BW)), i.e. 130 + 180 entries.
This change moves from u8s to u16s where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This showed up as a sparse warning (with higher verbosity) and is
certainly correct - the change flags should be unsigned. It's not
that important since high flag numbers aren't used and bitwise
operations would still work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ATM an HT rc_stats line is 106 chars.
Times 8(MCS_GROUP_RATES)*3(SS)*2(GI)*2(BW) + CCK(4), i.e. x100, this is
well above the current 8192 - sizeof(*ms) currently allocated.
Fix this by squeezing the output as follows (not that we're short on
memory but this also improves readability and range, the new format adds
one more digit to *ok/*cum and ok/cum):
- Before (HT) (106 ch):
type rate throughput ewma prob this prob retry this succ/attempt success attempts
CCK/LP 5.5M 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0( 0) 0 0
HT20/LGI ABCDP MCS0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0( 0) 0 0
- After (75 ch):
type rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
CCK/LP 5.5M 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0( 0) 0( 0)
HT20/LGI ABCDP MCS0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0( 0) 0( 0)
- Align non-HT format Before (non-HT) (83 ch):
rate throughput ewma prob this prob this succ/attempt success attempts
ABCDP 6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0( 0) 0 0
54 0.0 0.0 0.0 0( 0) 0 0
- After (61 ch):
rate tpt eprob *prob *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
ABCDP 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0( 0) 0( 0)
54 0.0 0.0 0.0 0( 0) 0( 0)
*This also adds dynamic checks for overflow, lowers the size of the
non-HT request (allowing > 30 entries) and replaces the buddy-rounded
allocations (s/sizeof(*ms) + 8192/8192).
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes it easier to add new parameters for the del_station calls
without having to modify all drivers that use this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It affects non-(V)HT rates and can lead to selecting an rts_cts rate
that is not a basic rate or way superior to the reference rate (ATM
rates[0] used for the 1st attempt of the protected frame data).
E.g, assuming drivers register growing (bitrate) sorted tables of
ieee80211_rate-s, having :
- rates[0].idx == d'2 and basic_rates == b'10100
will select rts_cts idx b'10011 & ~d'(BIT(2)-1), i.e. 1, likewise
- rates[0].idx == d'2 and basic_rates == b'10001
will select rts_cts idx b'10000
The first is not a basic rate and the second is > rates[0].
Also, wrt severity of the addressed misbehavior, ATM we only have one
rts_cts_rate_idx rather than one per rate table entry, so this idx might
still point to bitrates > rates[1..MAX_RATES].
Fixes: 5253ffb8c9 ("mac80211: always pick a basic rate to tx RTS/CTS for pre-HT rates")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is okay to enable DFS for channel contexts
based drivers as long as no combination advertises
radar detection and multi-channel operation at the
same time.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No need to store ieee80211_vif_use_reserved_context()
result and test it before returning.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel switch with multiple channel contexts should now work fine.
Remove check that disallows switches when multiple contexts are in
use.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of immediately reopening the queues (in case of block_tx),
calling the post_channel_switch operation and sending the
notification, wait for the first beacon on the new channel. This
makes sure that we don't lose packets if the AP/GO is not on the new
channel yet.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As a counterpart to the pre_channel_switch operation, add a
post_channel_switch operation. This allows the drivers to go back to
a normal configuration after the channel switch is completed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers may need to prepare for a channel switch also when it is
initiated from the remote side (eg. station, P2P client). To make
this possible, add a generic callback that can be called for all
interface types.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The Extended Channel Switching capability bit in the extended
capabilities element must be set if the driver supports CSA on
non-beaconing interfaces.
Since this capability needs to be set during driver registration, the
extended_capabiliities global variable needs to be moved to the local
structure so that it can be modified.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices may need the device timestamp in order to synchronize the
channel switch. To pass this value back to the driver, add it to the
channel switch structure and copy the device_timestamp value received
in the rx info structure into it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement get_mpp and dump_mpp cfg80211_ops to export the content of the
802.11s mesh proxy path table to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The chandef of the channel context a vif is using may be different
than the chandef of the vif itself. For instance, the bandwidth used
by the vif may be narrower than the one configured in the channel
context. To avoid confusion, return the vif's chandef in
ieee80211_cfg_get_channel() instead of the chandef of the channel
context.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 5935839ad7 ("mac80211: improve minstrel_ht rate sorting by
throughput & probability") replaced the constant 8 with MCS_GROUP_RATES
when getting the number of streams of an HT MCS. See commit 7a5e3fa2c8
("mac80211: minstrel_ht: replace some occurences of MCS_GROUP_RATES").
Fixes: 5935839ad7 ("mac80211: improve minstrel_ht rate sorting by throughput & probability")
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Forgot to add an entry to the struct description of sta_info.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-09-22
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.18 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"This time, I have some rate minstrel improvements, support for a very
small feature from CCX that Steinar reverse-engineered, dynamic ACK
timeout support, a number of changes for TDLS, early support for radio
resource measurement and many fixes. Also, I'm changing a number of
places to clear key memory when it's freed and Intel claims copyright
for code they developed."
For the bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here are some more patches intended for 3.18. Most of them are cleanups
or fixes for SMP. The only exception is a fix for BR/EDR L2CAP fixed
channels which should now work better together with the L2CAP
information request procedure."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I fix here dvm which was broken by my last pull request. Arik
continues to work on TDLS and Luca solved a few issues in CT-Kill. Eyal
keeps digging into rate scaling code, more to come soon. Besides this,
nothing really special here."
Beyond that, there are the usual big batches of updates to ath9k, b43,
mwifiex, and wil6210 as well as a handful of other bits here and there.
Also, rtlwifi gets some btcoexist attention from Larry.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Had to adjust the wil6210 code to comply with Joe Perches's recent
change in net-next to make the netdev_*() routines return void instead
of 'int'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/mips/net/bpf_jit.c
drivers/net/can/flexcan.c
Both the flexcan and MIPS bpf_jit conflicts were cases of simple
overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
small feature from CCX that Steinar reverse-engineered, dynamic ACK
timeout support, a number of changes for TDLS, early support for radio
resource measurement and many fixes. Also, I'm changing a number of
places to clear key memory when it's freed and Intel claims copyright
for code they developed.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=OPIp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-09-12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"This time, I have some rate minstrel improvements, support for a very
small feature from CCX that Steinar reverse-engineered, dynamic ACK
timeout support, a number of changes for TDLS, early support for radio
resource measurement and many fixes. Also, I'm changing a number of
places to clear key memory when it's freed and Intel claims copyright
for code they developed."
Conflicts:
net/mac80211/iface.c
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a possible issue with the use, or lack thereof of sk_refcnt and
sk_wmem_alloc in the wifi ack status functionality.
Specifically if a socket were to request acknowledgements, and the socket
were to have sk_refcnt drop to 0 resulting in it waiting on sk_wmem_alloc
to reach 0 it would be possible to have sock_queue_err_skb orphan the last
buffer, resulting in __sk_free being called on the socket. After this the
buffer is enqueued on sk_error_queue, however the queue has already been
flushed resulting in at least a memory leak, if not a data corruption.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new static_smps / dynamic_smps feature bits
instead of mac80211-internal hw flags.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Take the requested smps mode from the ap params
(instead of always starting with SMPS_OFF)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Correctly mark the network header location in mac80211-generated TDLS
frames. These may be used by lower-level drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Userspace might need to know what queues are configured
for uapsd (e.g. for setting proper default values in tspecs).
Add this bitmap to the association event (inside wmm
nested attribute)
Add additional parameter to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp,
and update its callers.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adding a timeout for tearing down a TDLS connection that
hasn't had ACKed traffic sent through it for a certain
amount of time.
Since we have no other monitoring facility to indicate the
existance (or non-existance) of a peer, this patch will
cause a peer to be considered as unavailable if for some X
time at least some Y packets have all not been ACKed.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch improves the way minstrel_ht sorts rates according to throughput
and success probability. 3 FOR-loops across the entire rate and mcs group set
in function minstrel_ht_update_stats() which where used to determine the
fastest, second fastest and most robust rate are reduced to 2 FOR-loop.
The sorted list of rates according throughput is extended to the best four
rates as we need them in upcoming joint rate and power control. The sorting
is done via the new function minstrel_ht_sort_best_tp_rates(). The annotation
of those 4 best throughput rates in the debugfs file rc-stats is changes to:
"A,B,C,D", where A is the fastest rate and C the 4th fastest.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Minstrel and Mintrel_HT used there own structs to keep track of rate
statistics. Unify those variables in struct minstrel_rate_states and
move it to rc80211_minstrel.h for common usage. This is a clean-up
patch to prepare Minstrel and Minstrel_HT codebase for upcoming TPC.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When freeing the key, clear the memory to avoid having the
key material stick around in memory "forever".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
issue that we only found when using vendor events more frequently;
the other addresses some bad information being reported in userspace
that people were starting to actually look at.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=gW3Y
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-john-2014-09-08' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"Two more fixes for mac80211 - one of them addresses a long-standing
issue that we only found when using vendor events more frequently;
the other addresses some bad information being reported in userspace
that people were starting to actually look at."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This message occasionally triggers for some people as in
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1111740 but
it's not clear which (headroom or tailroom) is at fault.
Annotate the message a bit to get more information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Linux already supports 802.11h, where the access point can tell the
client to reduce its transmission power. However, 802.11h is only
defined for 5 GHz, where the need for this is much smaller than on
2.4 GHz.
Cisco has their own solution, called DTPC (Dynamic Transmit Power
Control). Cisco APs on a controller sometimes but not always send
802.11h; they always send DTPC, even on 2.4 GHz. This patch adds support
for parsing and honoring the DTPC IE in addition to the 802.11h
element (they do not always contain the same limits, so both must
be honored); the format is not documented, but very simple.
Tested (on top of wireless.git and on 3.16.1) against a Cisco Aironet
1142 joined to a Cisco 2504 WLC, by setting various transmit power
levels for the given access points and observing the results.
The Wireshark 802.11 dissector agrees with the interpretation of the
element, except for negative numbers, which seem to never happen
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Decouple the logic of parsing the 802.11d and 802.11h IEs from the
part of deciding what to do about the data (messaging, clamping to
0 dBm, doing the actual setting). This paves the way for the next
patch, which introduces more data sources for transmit power limitation.
Signed-off-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit "mac80211: disable 40MHz support in case of 20MHz AP"
broke working VHT in 20Mhz with APs like Netgear R6300v2 which
do not publish support for 40Mhz but allow use of VHT in 20Mhz.
The break is because VHT is disabled once no HT cap doesn't indicate
support for 40Mhz. This causes the assoc request to be sent without
any VHT IE and the association is only HT due to this.
For more details check out commit 4a817aa7
"mac80211: allow VHT with peers not capable of 40MHz"
Fixes: 53b954ee4a ("mac80211: disable 40MHz support in case of 20MHz AP")
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extend mac80211 set_coverage_class API in order to enable ACK timeout
estimation algorithm (dynack) passing coverage class equals to -1
to lower drivers. Synchronize set_coverage_class routine signature with
mac80211 function pointer for p54, ath9k, ath9k_htc and ath5k drivers.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the remaining time in the current roc is not long
enough, mac80211 adds the new roc right after it
(if they have similar params).
However, in case of multiple rocs, the "next roc"
is not considered, resulting in multiple rocs,
each one with its own duration.
Refactor the code a bit and consider the next roc,
so a single max roc will be used instead of
multiple rocs (which might last much longer).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new duration (remaining duration after the current
ROC ends) was calculated but not used, making the
optimization worthless.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of a RRM-supporting connection, in the association request
frame: set the RRM capability flag, and add the required IEs.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function description claimed that on error the skb isn't
freed even though it is, and stated return values that are
different than what really happens in the code.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but
we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright
notice.
For files that we have modified in the time since the change,
add the proper copyright notice now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sta_set_sinfo is obviously takes data for specific station.
This specific station is attached to a specific virtual
interface. Hence we should use the dtim_period from this
virtual interface rather than the system wide dtim_period.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Not sure how the declaration of ieee80211_tdls_peer_del_work
landed after the double inclusion protection end.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
performance improvements, and various patches all over,
rather than listing them one might as well look into the
git log instead.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Qth6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-08-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"Not that much content this time. Some RCU cleanups, crypto
performance improvements, and various patches all over,
rather than listing them one might as well look into the
git log instead."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/wmi.c
and adds a terminating NUL-byte to the alpha2 sent to userspace, which
shouldn't be necessary but since many places treat it as a string we
couldn't move to just sending two bytes.
In addition to that, we have two VLAN fixes from Felix, a mesh fix, a
fix for the recently introduced RX aggregation offload, a revert for
a broken patch (that luckily didn't really cause any harm) and a small
fix for alignment in debugfs.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=G/pB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-john-2014-08-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"Here are a few fixes for mac80211. One has been discussed for a while
and adds a terminating NUL-byte to the alpha2 sent to userspace, which
shouldn't be necessary but since many places treat it as a string we
couldn't move to just sending two bytes.
In addition to that, we have two VLAN fixes from Felix, a mesh fix, a
fix for the recently introduced RX aggregation offload, a revert for
a broken patch (that luckily didn't really cause any harm) and a small
fix for alignment in debugfs."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@redhat.com>
When starting an offloaded BA session it is
unknown what starting sequence number should be
used. Using last_seq worked in most cases except
after hw restart.
When hw restart is requested last_seq is
(rightfully so) kept unmodified. This ended up
with BA sessions being restarted with an aribtrary
BA window values resulting in dropped frames until
sequence numbers caught up.
Instead of last_seq pick seqno of a first Rxed
frame of a given BA session.
This fixes stalled traffic after hw restart with
offloaded BA sessions (currently only ath10k).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a device driver is unloaded local->interfaces
list is cleared. If there was more than 1
interface running and connected (bound to a
chanctx) then chantype recalc was called and it
ended up with compat being NULL causing a call
trace warning.
Warn if compat becomes NULL as a result of
incompatible bss_conf.chandef of interfaces bound
to a given channel context only.
The call trace looked like this:
WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 2594 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/chan.c:557 ieee80211_recalc_chanctx_chantype+0x2cd/0x2e0()
Modules linked in: ath10k_pci(-) ath10k_core ath
CPU: 2 PID: 2594 Comm: rmmod Tainted: G W 3.16.0-rc1+ #150
Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
0000000000000009 ffff88001ea279c0 ffffffff818dfa93 0000000000000000
ffff88001ea279f8 ffffffff810514a8 ffff88001ce09cd0 ffff88001e03cc58
0000000000000000 ffff88001ce08840 ffff88001ce09cd0 ffff88001ea27a08
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff818dfa93>] dump_stack+0x4d/0x66
[<ffffffff810514a8>] warn_slowpath_common+0x78/0xa0
[<ffffffff81051585>] warn_slowpath_null+0x15/0x20
[<ffffffff818a407d>] ieee80211_recalc_chanctx_chantype+0x2cd/0x2e0
[<ffffffff818a3dda>] ? ieee80211_recalc_chanctx_chantype+0x2a/0x2e0
[<ffffffff818a4919>] ieee80211_assign_vif_chanctx+0x1a9/0x770
[<ffffffff818a6220>] __ieee80211_vif_release_channel+0x70/0x130
[<ffffffff818a6dd3>] ieee80211_vif_release_channel+0x43/0xb0
[<ffffffff81885f4e>] ieee80211_stop_ap+0x21e/0x5a0
[<ffffffff8184b9b5>] __cfg80211_stop_ap+0x85/0x520
[<ffffffff8181c188>] __cfg80211_leave+0x68/0x120
[<ffffffff8181c268>] cfg80211_leave+0x28/0x40
[<ffffffff8181c5f3>] cfg80211_netdev_notifier_call+0x373/0x6b0
[<ffffffff8107f965>] notifier_call_chain+0x55/0x110
[<ffffffff8107fa41>] raw_notifier_call_chain+0x11/0x20
[<ffffffff816a8dc0>] call_netdevice_notifiers_info+0x30/0x60
[<ffffffff816a8eb9>] __dev_close_many+0x59/0xf0
[<ffffffff816a9021>] dev_close_many+0x81/0x120
[<ffffffff816aa1c5>] rollback_registered_many+0x115/0x2a0
[<ffffffff816aa3a6>] unregister_netdevice_many+0x16/0xa0
[<ffffffff8187d841>] ieee80211_remove_interfaces+0x121/0x1b0
[<ffffffff8185e0e6>] ieee80211_unregister_hw+0x56/0x110
[<ffffffffa0011ac4>] ath10k_mac_unregister+0x14/0x60 [ath10k_core]
[<ffffffffa0014fe7>] ath10k_core_unregister+0x27/0x40 [ath10k_core]
[<ffffffffa003b1f4>] ath10k_pci_remove+0x44/0xa0 [ath10k_pci]
[<ffffffff81373138>] pci_device_remove+0x28/0x60
[<ffffffff814cb534>] __device_release_driver+0x64/0xd0
[<ffffffff814cbcc8>] driver_detach+0xb8/0xc0
[<ffffffff814cb23a>] bus_remove_driver+0x4a/0xb0
[<ffffffff814cc697>] driver_unregister+0x27/0x50
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The "rcu_dereference()" calls are used directly in conditions.
Since their return values are never dereferenced it is recommended to
use "rcu_access_pointer()" instead of "rcu_dereference()".
Therefore, this patch makes the replacements.
The following Coccinelle semantic patch was used:
@@
@@
(
if(
(<+...
- rcu_dereference
+ rcu_access_pointer
(...)
...+>)) {...}
|
while(
(<+...
- rcu_dereference
+ rcu_access_pointer
(...)
...+>)) {...}
)
Signed-off-by: Andreea-Cristina Bernat <bernat.ada@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The use of "rcu_assign_pointer()" is NULLing out the pointer.
According to RCU_INIT_POINTER()'s block comment:
"1. This use of RCU_INIT_POINTER() is NULLing out the pointer"
it is better to use it instead of rcu_assign_pointer() because it has a
smaller overhead.
The following Coccinelle semantic patch was used:
@@
@@
- rcu_assign_pointer
+ RCU_INIT_POINTER
(..., NULL)
Signed-off-by: Andreea-Cristina Bernat <bernat.ada@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Header-less cloned skbs with sufficient headroom need not be cloned
unless the tailroom is going to be modified.
Fix ieee80211_skb_resize so it would only resize cloned skbs if either
the header isn't released or the tailroom is going to be modified.
Some drivers might have assumed that skbs are never cloned, so add a HW
flag that explicitly permits cloned TX skbs. Drivers which do not modify
TX skbs should set this flag to avoid copying skbs.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags
will only require headroom space. Consequently, the tailroom-needed
counter can safely be decremented.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the cfg80211_rx_mgmt(), parameter @gfp was used for the memory allocation.
But, memory get allocated under spin_lock_bh(), this implies atomic context.
So, one can't use GFP_KERNEL, only variants with no __GFP_WAIT. Actually, in all
occurrences GFP_ATOMIC is used (wil6210 use GFP_KERNEL by mistake),
and it should be this way or warning triggered in the memory allocation code.
Remove @gfp parameter as no actual choice exist, and use hard coded
GFP_ATOMIC for memory allocation.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The "RX active" string is too long, so the columns get
shifted. Change it to just "RX" to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sta->last_seq_ctrl is the seq_ctrl field from the last header
seen, need to shift it 4 bits to extract the sequence number.
Otherwise the ieee80211_sn_less() check at the top of
ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf drops frames until the sequence
number catches up.
Cc: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Denton Gentry <denton.gentry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The 802.11 standard says when processing a plink confirm
frame:
"If the peerLinkID in the mesh peering instance has not been
set, the Local Link ID field of the Mesh Peering Confirm
request shall be copied into the peerLinkID in the mesh
peering instance."
We were only doing this when receiving an open peering frame,
but it could happen that the open frame gets lost and so we
should handle this case rather than rejecting the confirm and
failing the whole peering process.
Reported-by: Yu Niiro <yu.niiro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup, sdata->smps_mode is checked. This is
initialized only for the base AP interface, not the individual VLANs.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When bringing down the AP, a WARN_ON is hit because the bss config chandef
is empty here.
Since AP_VLAN channel settings do not matter for anything chanctx related
(always inherits the settings from the AP interface), let's just ignore
it here.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 24aa11ab8a.
That commit was wrong since it uses data that hasn't even been set
up yet, but might be a hold-over from a previous connection.
Additionally, it seems like a driver-specific workaround that
shouldn't have been in mac80211 to start with.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 24aa11ab8a ("mac80211: disable uAPSD if all ACs are under ACM")
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new_ctx pointer is set only for non-chanctx drivers. This yielded a
crash for chanctx-based drivers during channel switch finalization:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000020
IP: ieee80211_vif_use_reserved_switch+0x71c/0xb00 [mac80211]
Use an adequate chanctx pointer to fix this.
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
If the AP only advertises support for 20MHz (in the
ht operation ie), disable 40MHz and VHT.
This can improve interoperability with APs that
don't like stations exceeding their own
advertised capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We currently track the QoS capability twice: for all peer stations
in the WLAN_STA_WME flag, and for any clients associated to an AP
interface separately for drivers in the sta->sta.wme field.
Remove the WLAN_STA_WME flag and track the capability only in the
driver-visible field, getting rid of the limitation that the field
is only valid in AP mode.
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-07-25
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.17 stream!
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"We have a lot of TDLS patches, among them a fix that should make hwsim
tests happy again. The rest, this time, is mostly small fixes."
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"Some more patches for 3.17. The most important change here is the move of
the 6lowpan code to net/6lowpan. It has been agreed with Davem that this
change will go through the bluetooth tree. The rest are mostly clean up and
fixes."
and,
"Here follows some more patches for 3.17. These are mostly fixes to what
we've sent to you before for next merge window."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I have the usual amount of BT Coex stuff. Arik continues to work
on TDLS and Ariej contributes a few things for HS2.0. I added a few
more things to the firmware debugging infrastructure. Eran fixes a
small bug - pretty normal content."
And for the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"For ath6kl me and Jessica added support for ar6004 hw3.0, our latest
version of ar6004.
For ath10k Janusz added a printout so that it's easier to check what
ath10k kconfig options are enabled. He also added a debugfs file to
configure maximum amsdu and ampdu values. Also we had few fixes as
usual."
On top of that is the usual large batch of various driver updates --
brcmfmac, mwifiex, the TI drivers, and wil6210 all get some action.
Rafał has also been very busy with b43 and related updates.
Also, I pulled the wireless tree into this in order to resolve a
merge conflict...
P.S. The change to fs/compat_ioctl.c reflects a name change in a
Bluetooth header file...
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the expected throughput is queried before rate control has been
initialized, the minstrel op for it will crash while trying to access
the rate table.
Check for WLAN_STA_RATE_CONTROL before attempting to use the rate
control op.
Reported-by: Jean-Pierre Tosoni <jp.tosoni@acksys.fr>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers may be performing most of Tx/Rx
aggregation on their own (e.g. in firmware)
including AddBa/DelBa negotiations but may
otherwise require Rx reordering assistance.
The patch exports 2 new functions for establishing
Rx aggregation sessions in assumption device
driver has taken care of the necessary
negotiations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[fix endian bug]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers (e.g. ath10k) report A-MSDU subframes
individually with identical seqno. The A-MPDU Rx
reorder code did not account for that which made
it practically unusable with drivers using
RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE because it would end up
dropping a lot of frames resulting in confusion in
upper network transport layers.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sdata can't be NULL, and key being NULL is really not possible
unless the code is modified.
The sdata check made a static analyze (klocwork) unhappy because
we would get pointer to local (sdata->local) and only then check
if sdata is non-NULL.
Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[remove !key check as well]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The NULL pointer access could happen when ieee80211_crypto_hw_decrypt
is called from ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt with the following condition:
1. rx->key->conf.cipher is not WEP, CCMP, TKIP or AES_CMAC
2. rx->sta is NULL
When ieee80211_crypto_hw_decrypt is called, it verifies
rx->sta->cipher_scheme and it will cause Oops if rx->sta is NULL.
This path adds an addirional rx->sta == NULL verification in
ieee80211_crypto_hw_decrypt for this case.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The csa_active flag was added in sdata a while ago and made
IEEE80211_STA_CSA_RECEIVED redundant. The new flag is also used to
mark when CSA is ongoing on other iftypes and took over the old one as
the preferred method for checking whether we're in the middle of a
channel switch. Remove the old, redundant flag.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the teardown packet is created while the queues are
stopped, it isn't sent immediately, but rather is pending.
To be sure that when we flush the queues prior to destroying
the station we also send this packet - the tasklet handling
pending packets is invoked to flush the packets.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: ArikX Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the AP receives actions frames destined for other peers, it may
mistakenly toggle BA-sessions from itself to a peer.
Ignore TDLS data packets as well - the AP should not handle them.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
TDLS VHT support requires some more information elements during setup.
While these are not there, mask out the peer's VHT capabilities so that
VHT rates are not mistakenly used.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Set for completeness mostly, currently unused in the code.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the HT capabilities and HT operation information elements to TDLS
setup packets where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We can only be a station for TDLS connections. Also fix a bug where
a delayed work could be left scheduled if the station interface was
brought down during TDLS setup.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When TDLS QoS is supported by the the peer and the local card, add
the WMM parameter IE to the setup-confirm frame. Take the QoS settings
from the current AP, or if unsupported, use the default values from
the specification. This behavior is mandated by IEEE802.11-2012 section
10.22.4.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If QoS is supported by the card, add an appropriate IE to TDLS setup-
request and setup-response frames.
Consolidate the setting of the WMM info IE across mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When sending setup-failure frames, set the capability field to zero, as
mandated by the specification (IEEE802.11-2012 8.5.13).
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Most setup-specific information elements are not to be added when a
setup frame is sent with an error status code.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When building TDLS setup frames, use the IE order mandates in the
specification, splitting extra IEs coming from usermode.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add all information elements for TDLS discovery and setup in the same
function.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "8f02e6b mac80211: make sure TDLS peer STA exists during
setup" broke TDLS error paths where the STA doesn't exist when sending
the error.
Fix it by only testing for STA existence during a non-error flow.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Infer the TDLS initiator and track it in mac80211 via a STA flag. This
avoids breaking old userspace that doesn't pass it via nl80211 APIs.
The only case where userspace will need to pass the initiator is when the
STA is removed due to unreachability before a teardown packet is sent.
Support for unreachability was only recently added to wpa_supplicant, so
it won't be a problem in practice.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When lockdep isn't compiled, a local variable isn't used
(it's only in a macro argument), annotate it to suppress
the compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 277d916fc2 as it was
at least breaking iwlwifi by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
flag in all kinds of interface modes, not only for AP mode where it is
appropriate.
To avoid reintroducing the original problem, explicitly check for probe
request frames in the multicast buffering code.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 277d916fc2 ("mac80211: move "bufferable MMPDU" check to fix AP mode scan")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel switch finalization is now 2-step. First
step is when driver calls chswitch_done(), the
other is when reservation is actually finalized
(which be defered for in-place reservation).
It is now safe to call ieee80211_chswitch_done()
more than once.
Also remove the ieee80211_vif_change_channel()
because it is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel switch finalization is now 2-step. First
step is when driver calls csa_finish(), the other
is when reservation is actually finalized (which
can be deferred for in-place reservation).
It is now safe to call ieee80211_csa_finish() more
than once.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ieee80211_check_combinations() computes
radar_detect accordingly depending on chanctx
reservation status.
This makes it possible to use the function for
channel_switch validation.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Multi-vif in-place reservations happen when
it is impossible to allocate more channel contexts
as indicated by interface combinations.
Such reservations are not finalized until all
assigned interfaces are ready.
This still doesn't handle all possible cases
(i.e. degradation of number of channels) properly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Split sched scan IEs to band specific and not band specific
blocks. Common IEs blocks may be sent to the FW once per command,
instead of per band.
This allows optimization of size of the command, which may be
required by some drivers (eg. iwlmvm with newer firmware version).
As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers to use the
new version correctly, even if they don't (yet) make use of the
split data.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers (such as iwlmvm) can handle multiple bands in a single
HW scan request. Add a HW flag to indicate that the driver support
this. To hold the required data, create a separate structure for
HW scan request that holds cfg scan request and data about
different parts of the scan IEs.
As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers using it to
use the correct new function type/argument.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After sending a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on
the AP's channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since
a TDLS setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
Add a new mac80211 driver callback to allow discovery session protection.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make sure userspace added a TDLS peer station before invoking the
transmission of the first setup frame. This ensures packets to the peer
won't go through the AP path.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Write a mac80211 to the cfg80211 API for requesting a userspace TDLS
operation. Define TDLS specific reason codes that can be used here.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As the spec mandates, flush data in the AP path before transmitting the
first setup frame. Data packets transmitted during setup are already
dropped in the Tx path.
For the teardown flow, flush all packets in the direct path before
transmitting the teardown frame. Un-authorize the peer sta after teardown
is sent, forcing all subsequent Tx to the peer through the AP.
Make sure to flush the queues when disabling the link to get the
teardown packet out.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
[adjust to Luca's new quuee API and stop only vif queues]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are setup/teardown specific actions to be done that accompany
the sending of a TDLS management packet. Split the main function to
simplify future additions.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TDLS initiator is set once during link setup. If determines the
address ordering in the link identifier IE.
Use the value from userspace in order to have a correct teardown packet.
With the current code, a teardown from the responder side fails the TDLS
MIC check because of a bad link identifier IE.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TDLS initiator is set once during link setup. If determines the
address ordering in the link identifier IE.
Fix dependent drivers - mwifiex and mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When setting up a TDLS session, register a delayed work to remove
the peer if setup times out. Prevent concurrent setups to support this
capacity.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For TDLS, the AUTHORIZED flag arrives with all other important station
info (supported rates, HT/VHT caps, ...). Make sure to set the station
state in the low-level driver after transferring this information to
the mac80211 STA entry.
This aligns the STA information during sta_state callbacks with the
non-TDLS case.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rename the flags used in the Tx path and add an explanation for the
reasons to drop, send directly or through the AP.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of stopping all the hardware queues during channel switch,
which is especially bad when we have large CSA counts, stop only the
queues that are assigned to the vif that is performing the channel
switch.
Additionally, check for (sdata->csa_block_tx) instead of calling
ieee80211_csa_needs_block_tx(), which can now be removed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases we may want to stop the queues of a single vif (for
instance during a channel-switch). Add a function that stops all the
queues that are assigned to a vif. If a queue is assigned to more
than one vif, the corresponding netdev subqueue of the other vif(s)
will also be stopped. If the HW doesn't set the
IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL flag, then all queues are stopped.
Also add a corresponding function to wake the queues of a vif back.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes different vifs may be stopping the queues for the same
reason (e.g. when several interfaces are performing a channel switch).
Instead of using a bitmask for the reasons, use an integer that holds
a refcount instead. In order to keep it backwards compatible,
introduce a boolean in some functions that tell us whether the queue
stopping should be refcounted or not. For now, use not refcounted for
all calls to keep it functionally the same as before.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is no need to stop all queues when we want to flush specific
queues, so stop only the queues that will be flushed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Converting time from one format to another seems to give coders a warm
and fuzzy feeling.
Use the proper interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
[fix compile error]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
do_posix_clock_monotonic_gettime() is a leftover from the initial
posix timer implementation which maps to ktime_get_ts().
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
vif->csa_active is protected by mutexes only. This
means it is unreliable to depend on it on codeflow
in non-sleepable beacon and CSA code. There was no
guarantee to have vif->csa_active update be
visible before beacons are updated on SMP systems.
Using csa counter offsets which are embedded in
beacon struct (and thus are protected with single
RCU assignment) is much safer.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Having csa counters part of beacon and probe_resp
structures makes it easier to get rid of possible
races between setting a beacon and updating
counters on SMP systems by guaranteeing counters
are always consistent against given beacon struct.
While at it relax WARN_ON into WARN_ON_ONCE to
prevent spamming logs and racing.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[remove pointless array check]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow send frames using monitor interface
when DFS chandef and we pass CAC (beaconing
allowed).
This fix problem when old kernel and new backports used,
in such case hostapd create/use also monitor interface.
Before this patch all frames hostapd send using monitor
iface were dropped when AP was configured on DFS channel.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, cfg80211 tries to implement ethtool, but that doesn't
really scale well, with all the different operations. Make the
lower-level driver responsible for it, which currently only has
an effect on mac80211. It will similarly not scale well at that
level though, since mac80211 also has many drivers.
To cleanly implement this in mac80211, introduce a new file and
move some code to appropriate places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Ospite <ao2@ao2.it>
Cc: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh_plink code is doing some interesting things with the
ignore_plink_timer flag. It seems the original intent was to
handle this race:
cpu 0 cpu 1
----- -----
start timer handler for state X
acquire sta_lock
change state from X to Y
mod_timer() / del_timer()
release sta_lock
acquire sta_lock
execute state Y timer too soon
However, using the mod_timer()/del_timer() return values to
detect these cases is broken. As a result, timers get ignored
unnecessarily, and stations can get stuck in the peering state
machine.
Instead, we can detect the case by looking at the timer expiration.
In the case of del_timer, just ignore the timers in the following
(LISTEN/ESTAB) states since they won't have timers anyway.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is currently possible to have a race due to the station PS
unblock work like this:
* station goes to sleep with frames buffered in the driver
* driver blocks wakeup
* station wakes up again
* driver flushes/returns frames, and unblocks, which schedules
the unblock work
* unblock work starts to run, and checks that the station is
awake (i.e. that the WLAN_STA_PS_STA flag isn't set)
* we process a received frame with PM=1, setting the flag again
* ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup() runs, delivering all frames
to the driver, and then clearing the WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER and
WLAN_STA_PS_STA flags
In this scenario, mac80211 will think that the station is awake,
while it really is asleep, and any TX'ed frames should be filtered
by the device (it will know that the station is sleeping) but then
passed to mac80211 again, which will not buffer it either as it
thinks the station is awake, and eventually the packets will be
dropped.
Fix this by moving the clearing of the flags to exactly where we
learn about the situation. This creates a problem of reordering,
so introduce another flag indicating that delivery is being done,
this new flag also queues frames and is cleared only while the
spinlock is held (which the queuing code also holds) so that any
concurrent delivery/TX is handled correctly.
Reported-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Minstrel has long since proven its worth.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After skb allocation and call to ieee80211_wep_encrypt in ieee80211_send_auth
the flow fails with a warning in ieee80211_wep_add_iv on verification of
available head/tailroom needed for WEP_IV and WEP_ICV.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/core/rtnetlink.c
net/core/skbuff.c
Both conflicts were very simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
unregister_netdevice_many() API is error prone and we had too
many bugs because of dangling LIST_HEAD on stacks.
See commit f87e6f4793 ("net: dont leave active on stack LIST_HEAD")
In fact, instead of making sure no caller leaves an active list_head,
just force a list_del() in the callee. No one seems to need to access
the list after unregister_netdevice_many()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark new interfaces as idle to allow operations that require that
interfaces are idle to take place. Interface types that are always
not idle (like AP interfaces) will be set as not idle when they are
assigned a channel context.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach<emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During strong signal fluctuations under high throughput, few consecutive
failed A-MPDU transmissions can easily trigger packet loss notification,
and thus (in AP mode) client disconnection.
Reduce the number of false positives by checking the A-MPDU status flag
and treating a failed A-MPDU as a single packet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Doing so will lead to an oops for a p2p-dev interface, since it has
no netdev.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the rate control algorithm uses a selection table, it
is leaked when the station is destroyed - fix that.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Reported-by: Christophe Prévotaux <cprevotaux@nltinc.com>
Fixes: 0d528d85c5 ("mac80211: improve the rate control API")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v3.10+
[add commit log entry, remove pointless NULL check]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Without this fix, freshly rebooted Linux creates a new IBSS
instead of joining an existing one. Only when jiffies counter
overflows after 5 minutes the IBSS can be successfully joined.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Hałasa <khalasa@piap.pl>
[edit commit message slightly]
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the commit below, cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required()
will warn if it gets a an NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED iftype
as explicitely written in the commit log.
When an virtual monitor interface is added, its type is set
in ieee80211_sub_if_data.vif.type, but not in
ieee80211_sub_if_data.wdev.iftype which is passed to
cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() hence resulting in the
following warning:
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 21265 at net/wireless/chan.c:376 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required+0xbc/0x130 [cfg80211]()
Modules linked in: [...]
CPU: 1 PID: 21265 Comm: ifconfig Tainted: G W O 3.13.11+ #12
Hardware name: Dell Inc. Latitude E6410/0667CC, BIOS A01 03/05/2010
0000000000000009 ffff88008f5fdb08 ffffffff817d4219 ffff88008f5fdb50
ffff88008f5fdb40 ffffffff8106f57d 0000000000000000 0000000000000000
ffff880081062fb8 ffff8800810604e0 0000000000000001 ffff88008f5fdba0
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff817d4219>] dump_stack+0x4d/0x66
[<ffffffff8106f57d>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7d/0xa0
[<ffffffff8106f5ec>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x4c/0x50
[<ffffffffa04ea4ec>] cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required+0xbc/0x130 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa06b1024>] ieee80211_vif_use_channel+0x94/0x500 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0684e6b>] ieee80211_add_virtual_monitor+0x1ab/0x5c0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0686ae5>] ieee80211_do_open+0xe75/0x1580 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0687259>] ieee80211_open+0x69/0x70 [mac80211]
[snip]
Fixes: 00ec75fc5a ("cfg80211: pass the actual iftype when calling cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required()")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel
contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch
(ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the
transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel
context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and
assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on
the fly, without unassigning it first.
To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that
let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add get_expected_throughput() API to mac80211 so that each
driver can implement its own version based on the RC
algorithm they are using (might be using an HW RC algo).
The API returns a value expressed in Kbps.
Also, add the new get_expected_throughput() member
to the rate_control_ops structure in order to be
able to query the RC algorithm (this patch provides an
implementation of this API for both minstrel and
minstrel_ht).
The related member in the station_info object is now
filled accordingly when dumping a station.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Antonio and I were looking over this code and some things
didn't immediately make sense, so we came up with two small
clarifications.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the beacon CSA counters part of ieee80211_mutable_offsets and don't
decrement CSA counters when generating a beacon template. This permits the
driver to offload the CSA counters handling. Since mac80211 updates the probe
responses with the correct counter, the driver should sync the counter's value
with mac80211 using ieee80211_csa_update_counter function.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new API ieee80211_beacon_get_template, which doesn't
affect DTIM counter and should be used if the device generates beacon
frames, and new beacon template is needed. In addition set the offsets
to TIM IE for MESH interface.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support up to IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM csa counters.
This is defined to be 2 now, to support both CSA and eCSA
counters.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change the type of NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON and
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP to be NLA_BINARY which allows
userspace to use beacons and probe responses with
multiple CSA counters.
This isn't breaking the API since userspace can
continue to use nla_put_u16 for this attributes, which
is equivalent to a single element u16 array.
In addition advertise max number of supported CSA counters.
This is needed when using CSA and eCSA IEs together.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Track current csa counter value and use it
to update mgmt frames at the provided offsets.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Jouni reported that if a remain-on-channel was active on the
same channel as the current operating channel, then the ROC
would start, but any frames transmitted using mgmt-tx on the
same channel would get delayed until after the ROC.
The reason for this is that the ROC starts, but doesn't have
any handling for "remain on the same channel", so it stops
the interface queues. The later mgmt-tx then puts the frame
on the interface queues (since it's on the current operating
channel) and thus they get delayed until after the ROC.
To fix this, add some logic to handle remaining on the same
channel specially and not stop the queues etc. in this case.
This not only fixes the bug but also improves behaviour in
this case as data frames etc. can continue to flow.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Tested-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the association is in progress while we suspend, the
stack will be in a messed up state. Clean it before we
suspend.
This patch completes Johannes's patch:
1a1cb744de
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211: fix suspend vs. authentication race
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Fixes: 12e7f51702 ("mac80211: cleanup generic suspend/resume procedures")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If sdata doesn't have a valid dev (e.g. in case of monitor
vif), the vif_name field was initialized with (a length of)
some short string, but later was set to a different,
potentially larger one.
This resulted in out-of-bounds write, which usually
appeared as garbage in the trace log.
Simply trace sdata->name, as it should always have the
correct name for both cases.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole
stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being
up while the hardware is down etc.
Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a
lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having
the whole stack get messed up.
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are two (related) issues with this.
One case, reported by Michal, is related to hostap: it unsets the
20/40 capability bit for stations that associate when it's in 20
MHz mode.
The other case, reported by Eyal, is that some APs like Netgear
R6300v2 and probably others based on the BCM4360 chipset can be
configured for doing VHT at 20Mhz. In this case the beacon has
a VHT IE but the HT cap indicates transmitter only support 20Mhz.
In both of these cases, we currently avoid VHT and use only HT
this means we can't use the highest rates (MCS8), so fixing this
leads to throughput improvements.
Reported-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Reported-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 59af6928 (mac80211: fix CSA tx queue stopping) introduced a
sparse warning:
net/mac80211/cfg.c:3274:5: warning: symbol '__ieee80211_channel_switch' was not declared. Should it be static?
Fix it by declaring the function static.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It doesn't make much sense to leave a crippled
interface running.
As a side effect this will unblock tx queues with
CSA reason immediately after failure instead of
until after userspace requests interface to stop.
This also gives userspace an opportunity to
indirectly see CSA failure.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[small code cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is not guaranteed that multi-vif channel
switching is tightly synchronized. It makes sense
to ignore cqm (missing beacons, et al) while csa
is progressing and re-check it after it completes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It was possible for tx queues to be stuck stopped
if AP CSA finalization failed. In that case
neither stop_ap nor do_stop woke the queues up.
This means it was impossible to perform tx at all
until driver was reloaded or a successful CSA was
performed later.
It was possible to solve this in a simpler manner
however this is more robust and future proof
(having multi-vif CSA in mind).
New sdata->csa_block_tx is introduced to keep
track of which interfaces requested tx to be
blocked for CSA. This is required because mac80211
stops all tx queues for that purpose. This means
queues must be awoken only when last tx-blocking
CSA interface is finished.
It is still possible to have tx queues stopped
after CSA failure but as soon as offending
interfaces are stopped from userspace (stop_ap or
ifdown) tx queues are woken up properly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The 'local' variable in __ieee80211_vif_copy_chanctx_to_vlans()
is only used/needed when lockdep is compiled in, mark it as such
to avoid compile warnings in the other case.
While at it, fix some indentation where it's used.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With new additions planned, this code is getting too big for cfg.c.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Expose a new tdls flag for the public ieee80211_sta struct.
This can be used in some rate control decisions.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_reconfig already holds rtnl, so calling
cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped results in deadlock.
Use the rtnl-version of this function instead.
Fixes: d43c6b6 ("mac80211: reschedule sched scan after HW restart")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.14+)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Filter out incoming multicast packages before applying their bitrate
to the rx bitrate station info field to prevent them from setting the
rx bitrate to the basic multicast rate.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <hrogge@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These BUG_ON statements should never trigger, but in the unlikely
event that somebody does manage don't stop everything but simply
exit the code path with an error.
Leave the one BUG_ON where changing it would result in a NULL
pointer dereference.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement the new cfg80211 capability to enable mac80211-based drivers
to support for dynamic channel bandwidth changes (e.g., HT 20/40 MHz
changes).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
P2P_DEVICE doesn't support ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify() for now,
so it's not needed to set changed flags for P2P_DEVICE.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_assign_chanctx() checks if local->use_chanctx is true, so
the two code block related to ieee80211_assign_chanctx() can be moved
into above if clause, emphasize that these code are executed only if
local->use_chanctx is true.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
[change subject]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Return NOTIFY_DONE if we don't care this time's notification, return
NOTIFY_OK if we successfully handled this time's notification. That's
the formal way to do it.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The BUG_ON(!err) can't be triggered in the code path, so remove
it.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
And some code style changes in the function, and correct a typo in
comment.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some chips can encrypt managment frames in HW, but
require generated IV in the frame. Add a key flag
that allows us to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
[use BIT(0) to fill that spot, fix indentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It doesn't make much sense to store refcount in
the chanctx structure. One still needs to hold
chanctx_mtx to get the value safely. Besides,
refcount isn't on performance critical paths.
This will make implementing chanctx reservation
refcounting a little easier.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel context refcount is protected by
chanctx_mtx. Accessing the value without holding
the mutex is racy. RCU section didn't guarantee
anything here.
Theoretically ieee80211_channel_switch() could
fail to see refcount change and read "1" instead
of, e.g. "2". This means mac80211 could accept CSA
even though it shouldn't have.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function did a little too much. Split it up so
the code can be easily reused in the future.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function did a little too much. Split it up so
the code can be easily reused in the future.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use a separate function to look for reservation
chanctx. For multi-interface/channel reservation
search sematics differ slightly.
The new routine allows reservations to be merged
with chanctx that are already reserved by other
interface(s).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows new vifs to be assigned to a chanctx
as long as chanctx's reservation chandefs (if any)
and chanctx's current chandef (implied by assigned
vifs at the time, if any) and the new vif chandef
are all compatible.
This implies it is impossible to assign a new vif
to an in-place reservation chanctx.
This gives no advantages for single-channel
hardware. It makes sense for multi-channel
hardware only.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be useful. Provides a more straghtforward
way to iterate over interfaces taking part in
chanctx reservation and allows tracking chanctx
usage explicitly.
The structure is protected by local->chanctx_mtx.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be useful. Provides a more straghtforward
way to iterate over interfaces bound to a given
chanctx and allows tracking chanctx usage
explicitly.
The structure is protected by local->chanctx_mtx.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Initial chanctx reservation code wasn't aware of
radar detection requirements. This is necessary
for chanctx reservations to be used for channel
switching in the future.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do not allocate more channel contexts than a
driver is capable for currently matching interface
combination.
This allows the ieee80211_vif_reserve_chanctx() to
act as a guard against breaking interface
combinations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The utility function has no uses yet. It is aimed
at future chanctx reservation management and
channel switching.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a path target responds to a path request, its response
always contains the most up-to-date information; accordingly,
it should use the latest target_sn, regardless of
net_traversal_jiffies(). Otherwise, only the first path
response is considered when constructing a path, as it will
have the highest target_sn of all replies during that period.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, the code to copy the RSN IE from the mesh config
would increment its pointer by one in the loop instead of by
the element length, so there was the potential for mistaking
another IE's data fields as the RSN IE.
cfg80211_find_ie() exists, so just use that.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
u16_field_get() is a simple wrapper around get_unaligned_le16(),
and it is being assigned to a u16, so there's no need to
promote to u32 in the middle.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be useful for testing purposes to confirm valid AP behavior on
HT 20/40 co-existence functionality.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When using RTS/CTS, the CTS-to-Self bit in radiotap TX flags is
getting set instead of the RTS bit. Set the correct one.
Reported-by: Larry Maxwell <larrymaxwell@agilemesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "mac80211: implement SMPS for AP" has caused kernel
oops at mesh STA if the peer mesh STA operates in sleep mode
and then becomes active mode. It can be easily reproduced by
setting the following commands at peer mesh STA:
iw mesh0 station set aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff mesh_power_mode deep
iw mesh0 station set aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff mesh_power_mode active
Kernel oops will happen at mesh STA aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff.
Fix this by avoiding SMPS for mesh mode.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Their power value is initialized to zero. This patch fixes an issue
where the configured power drops to the minimum value when AP_VLAN
interfaces are created/removed.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some header files in mac80211 don't include all the
header files they require, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With single-channel drivers, we need to be able to change a running
chanctx if we want to use chanctx reservation. Not all drivers may be
able to do this, so add a flag that indicates support for it.
Changing a running chanctx can also be used as an optimization in
multi-channel drivers when the context needs to be reserved for future
usage.
Introduce IEEE80211_CHANCTX_RESERVED chanctx mode to mark a channel as
reserved so nobody else can use it (since we know it's going to
change). In the future, we may allow several vifs to use the same
reservation as long as they plan to use the chanctx on the same
future channel.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to support channel switch with multiple vifs and multiple
contexts, we implement a concept of channel context reservation. This
allows us to reserve a channel context to be used later.
The reservation functionality is not tied directly to channel switch
and may be used in other situations (eg. reserving a channel context
during IBSS join).
We first check if an existing compatible context exists and if it
does, we reserve it. If there is no compatible context we create a
new one and reserve it.
Additionally, split ieee80211_vif_copy_chanctx_to_vlans() so we can
call it while already holding the chanctx mutex.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Combine the functions into one, so that we can switch from one context
to the other without having to unassign and assign separately. This
is needed by the channel reservation functionality because otherwise
we have a small period of time when the chanctx is set to NULL, which
can cause problems if someone else is trying to dereference it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_vif_change_channel() locks chanctx_mtx. When implementing
channel reservation for CS, we will need to call the function to
change channel when the lock is already held, so split the part that
requires the lock out and leave the locking in the original function.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It was impossible to change chanctx of master AP
for AP VLANs because the copy function requires
RTNL which can't be simply taken in mac80211 code
due to possible deadlocks.
This is required for future chanctx reservation
that re-bind vifs to new chanctx. This requires
safe AP VLAN iteration without RTNL.
Now VLANs can be iterated while holding either
RTNL or local->mtx because the list is modified
while holding both of these locks.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Get rid of the cfg80211_can_add_interface() and
cfg80211_can_change_interface() functions by moving that functionality
to mac80211. With this patch all interface combination checks are now
out of cfg80211 (except for the channel switch case which will be
addressed in a future commit).
Additionally, modify the ieee80211_check_combinations() function so
that an undefined chandef can be passed, in order to use it before a
channel is defined.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now that mac80211 can check the interface combinations itself, move
the combinations check from cfg80211 to mac80211 when joining an IBSS.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the counting part of the interface combination check from
cfg80211 to mac80211.
This is needed to simplify locking when the driver has to perform a
combination check by itself (eg. with channel-switch).
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some interface types don't require DFS (such as STATION, P2P_CLIENT
etc). In order to centralize these decisions, make
cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() take the iftype into consideration.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow GO operation on a channel marked with IEEE80211_CHAN_GO_CONCURRENT
iff there is an active station interface that is associated to
an AP operating on the same channel in the 2 GHz band or the same UNII band
(in the 5 GHz band). This relaxation is not allowed if the channel is
marked with IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR.
Note that this is a permissive approach to the FCC definitions,
that require a clear assessment that the device operating the AP is
an authorized master, i.e., with radar detection and DFS capabilities.
It is assumed that such restrictions are enforced by user space.
Furthermore, it is assumed, that if the conditions that allowed for
the operation of the GO on such a channel change, i.e., the station
interface disconnected from the AP, it is the responsibility of user
space to evacuate the GO from the channel.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
rcu_assign_pointer() ensures that the initialization of a structure is
carried out before storing a pointer to that structure. However, in the
case that NULL is assigned there's no structure to initialize so using
RCU_INIT_POINTER instead is safe and more efficient.
Signed-off-by: Monam Agarwal <monamagarwal123@gmail.com>
[squash eight tiny patches, rewrite commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow the low level driver to make decision based
on the vif such as queues etc...
Since the vif might be NULL, we can't add it to the tracing
functions.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[fix staging rtl8821ae driver]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Replaced the use of a Variable Length Array In Struct (VLAIS) with a
C99 compliant equivalent. This is the original VLAIS struct.
struct {
struct aead_request req;
u8 priv[crypto_aead_reqsize(tfm)];
} aead_req;
This patch instead allocates the appropriate amount of memory using a
char array.
The new code can be compiled with both gcc and clang.
Signed-off-by: Jan-Simon Möller <dl9pf@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Behan Webster <behanw@converseincode.com>
[small style cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rate controller in firmware may also return the Tx Rate
used for management frame that is usually sent as lowest
Tx Rate (1Mbps in 2.4GHz). So update the last_tx_rate only
if it is data frame.
This patch is tested with ath9k_htc.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If chandef had non-HT width it was possible for
radar_enabled update to not be propagated properly
through drv_config(). This happened because
ieee80211_hw_conf_chan() would never see different
local->hw.conf.chandef and local->_oper_chandef.
This wasn't a problem with HT chandefs because
_oper_chandef width is reset to non-HT in
ieee80211_free_chanctx() making
ieee80211_hw_conf_chan() to kick in.
This problem led (at least) ath10k to not start
CAC if prior CAC was cancelled and both CACs were
requested for identical non-HT chandefs.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All antennas should be operational when monitoring to maximize
reception.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Jouni reported that when doing off-channel transmissions mixed
with on-channel transmissions, the on-channel ones ended up on
the off-channel in some cases.
The reason for that is that during the refactoring of the off-
channel code, I lost the part that stopped all activity and as
a consequence the on-channel frames (including data frames)
were no longer queued but would be transmitted on the temporary
channel.
Fix this by simply restoring the lost activity stop call.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 2eb278e083 ("mac80211: unify SW/offload remain-on-channel")
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a bit in rx_status.vht_flags to let the low level driver
notify mac80211 about a beamformed packet. Propagate this
to the radiotap header.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On 2.4Ghz band, the channels overlap since the delta
between different channels is 5Mhz while the width of the
receiver is 20Mhz (at least).
This means that we can hear beacons or probe responses from
adjacent channels. These frames will have a significant
lower RSSI which will feed all kinds of logic with inaccurate
data. An obvious example is the roaming algorithm that will
think our AP is getting weak and will try to move to another
AP.
In order to avoid this, update the signal only if the frame
has been heard on the same channel as the one advertised by
the AP in its DS / HT IEs.
We refrain from updating the values only if the AP is
already in the BSS list so that we will still have a valid
(but inaccurate) value if the AP was heard on an adjacent
channel only.
To achieve this, stop taking the channel from DS / HT IEs
in mac80211. The DS / HT IEs is taken into account to
discard the frame if it was received on a disabled channel.
This can happen due to the same phenomenon: the frame is
sent on channel 12, but heard on channel 11 while channel
12 can be disabled on certain devices. Since this check
is done in cfg80211, stop even checking this in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[remove unused rx_freq variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Assuming sched_scan_stop operation is synchronous the driver may not
necessary call ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped_work. Since this work is
the only place where sched_scan_sdata is released we can possibly run
into situation when it is never released. Fix this by releasing it
just after calling drv_sched_scan_stop.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit de74a1d903
"mac80211: fix WPA with VLAN on AP side with ps-sta"
fixed an issue where queued multicast packets would
be sent out encrypted with the key of an other bss.
commit "7cbf9d017dbb5e3276de7d527925d42d4c11e732"
"mac80211: fix oops on mesh PS broadcast forwarding"
essentially reverted it, because vif.type cannot be AP_VLAN
due to the check to vif.type in ieee80211_get_buffered_bc before.
As the later commit intended to fix the MESH case, fix it
by checking for IFTYPE_AP instead of IFTYPE_AP_VLAN.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 7cbf9d017d ("mac80211: fix oops on mesh PS broadcast forwarding")
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since Stanislaw's patch removing the quiescing code, mac80211 had
a race regarding suspend vs. authentication: as cfg80211 doesn't
track authentication attempts, it can't abort them. Therefore the
attempts may be kept running while suspending, which can lead to
all kinds of issues, in at least some cases causing an error in
iwlmvm firmware.
Fix this by aborting the authentication attempt when suspending.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 12e7f51702 ("mac80211: cleanup generic suspend/resume procedures")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When still authenticating the mac80211 code handling a deauthentication
requests from userspace doesn't verify that the request is valid in any
way, fix that. Additionally, it never returns an error, even if there's
no connection or authentication attempt, fix that as well.
While at it, move the message to not print a message in the error case
and to distinguish between the two cases.
Also simplify the code by duplicating the cfg80211 call.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The bss struct might be freed in ieee80211_rx_bss_put(),
so we shouldn't use it afterwards.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.10+)
Fixes: 817cee7675 ("mac80211: track AP's beacon rate and give it to the driver")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
Both the r8152 and netback conflicts were simple overlapping
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/recv.c
drivers/net/wireless/mwifiex/pcie.c
net/ipv6/sit.c
The SIT driver conflict consists of a bug fix being done by hand
in 'net' (missing u64_stats_init()) whilst in 'net-next' a helper
was created (netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats()) which takes care of this.
The two wireless conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid leaking data by sending uninitialized memory and setting an
invalid (non-zero) fragment number (the sequence number is ignored
anyway) by setting the seq_ctrl field to zero.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 3f52b7e328 ("mac80211: mesh power save basics")
Fixes: ce662b44ce ("mac80211: send (QoS) Null if no buffered frames")
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add missing update on the rx status vht flag of the last
data packet. Otherwise, cfg80211_calculate_bitrate_vht
may not consider the channel width resulting in wrong
calculation of the received bitrate.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function was quite big. This splits out beacon
updating into a separate function for improved
maintenance and extension.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When calculating the current max bw required for
a channel context, we didn't consider the virtual
monitor interface, resulting in its channel context
being narrower than configured.
This broke monitor mode with iwlmvm, which uses the
minimal width.
Reported-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a VHT network uses 20 or 40 MHz as per the HT operation
information, the channel center frequency segment 0 field in
the VHT operation information is reserved, so ignore it.
This fixes association with such networks when the AP puts 0
into the field, previously we'd disconnect due to an invalid
channel with the message
wlan0: AP VHT information is invalid, disable VHT
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: f2d9d270c1 ("mac80211: support VHT association")
Reported-by: Tim Nelson <tim.l.nelson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Send Channel Availability Check time as a parameter
of start_radar_detection() callback.
Get CAC time from regulatory database.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The MLME code in mac80211 must track whether or not the AP changed
bandwidth, but if there's no change while tracking it shouldn't do
anything, otherwise regulatory updates can make it impossible to
connect to certain APs if the regulatory database doesn't match the
information from the AP. See the precise scenario described in the
code.
This still leaves some possible problems with CSA or if the AP
actually changed bandwidth, but those cases are less common and
won't completely prevent using it.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=70881
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-and-tested-by: Nate Carlson <kernel@natecarlson.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Error codes returned by cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() are ignored
when trying to join an IBSS. Fix this by printing an error and
returning.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously we were warning and using automatic when a driver sent an
update request with SMPS off. This patch makes it possible for
drivers to disable SMPS at runtime, for whatever reason.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to solve races with sched_scan_stop, it is necessary
for the driver to be able to return an error to propagate that
to cfg80211 so it doesn't send an event.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While framing the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame, the driver needs to
know if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable and thus shall construct
the VHT/HT operation / WMM parameter elements accordingly. Supplicant
determines if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable based on the
presence of the respective IEs in the received TDLS Setup Response frame.
The host driver should not need to parse the received TDLS Response
frame and thus, should be able to rely on the supplicant to indicate
the capability of the peer through additional flags while transmitting
the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame through tdls_mgmt operations.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt Undekari <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Consider the following (relatively unlikely) scenario:
1) station goes to sleep while frames are buffered in driver
2) driver blocks wakeup (until no more frames are buffered)
3) station wakes up again
4) driver unblocks wakeup
In this case, the current mac80211 code will do the following:
1) WLAN_STA_PS_STA set
2) WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER set
3) - nothing -
4) WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER cleared
As a result, no frames will be delivered to the client, even
though it is awake, until it sends another frame to us that
triggers ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup() in sta_ps_end().
Since we now take the PS spinlock, we can fix this while at
the same time removing the complexity with the pending skb
queue function. This was broken since my commit 50a9432dae
("mac80211: fix powersaving clients races") due to removing
the clearing of WLAN_STA_PS_STA in the RX path.
While at it, fix a cleanup path issue when a station is
removed while the driver is still blocking its wakeup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's a race condition in mac80211 because we add stations
to the internal lists after adding them to the driver, which
means that (for example) the following can happen:
1. a station connects and is added
2. first, it is added to the driver
3. then, it is added to the mac80211 lists
If the station goes to sleep between steps 2 and 3, and the
firmware/hardware records it as being asleep, mac80211 will
never instruct the driver to wake it up again as it never
realized it went to sleep since the RX path discarded the
frame as a "spurious class 3 frame", no station entry was
present yet.
Fix this by adding the station in software first, and only
then adding it to the driver. That way, any state that the
driver changes will be reflected properly in mac80211's
station state. The problematic part is the roll-back if the
driver fails to add the station, in that case a bit more is
needed. To not make that overly complex prevent starting BA
sessions in the meantime.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is a race between the TX path and the STA wakeup: while
a station is sleeping, mac80211 buffers frames until it wakes
up, then the frames are transmitted. However, the RX and TX
path are concurrent, so the packet indicating wakeup can be
processed while a packet is being transmitted.
This can lead to a situation where the buffered frames list
is emptied on the one side, while a frame is being added on
the other side, as the station is still seen as sleeping in
the TX path.
As a result, the newly added frame will not be send anytime
soon. It might be sent much later (and out of order) when the
station goes to sleep and wakes up the next time.
Additionally, it can lead to the crash below.
Fix all this by synchronising both paths with a new lock.
Both path are not fastpath since they handle PS situations.
In a later patch we'll remove the extra skb queue locks to
reduce locking overhead.
BUG: unable to handle kernel
NULL pointer dereference at 000000b0
IP: [<ff6f1791>] ieee80211_report_used_skb+0x11/0x3e0 [mac80211]
*pde = 00000000
Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC
EIP: 0060:[<ff6f1791>] EFLAGS: 00210282 CPU: 1
EIP is at ieee80211_report_used_skb+0x11/0x3e0 [mac80211]
EAX: e5900da0 EBX: 00000000 ECX: 00000001 EDX: 00000000
ESI: e41d00c0 EDI: e5900da0 EBP: ebe458e4 ESP: ebe458b0
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 00e0 SS: 0068
CR0: 8005003b CR2: 000000b0 CR3: 25a78000 CR4: 000407d0
DR0: 00000000 DR1: 00000000 DR2: 00000000 DR3: 00000000
DR6: ffff0ff0 DR7: 00000400
Process iperf (pid: 3934, ti=ebe44000 task=e757c0b0 task.ti=ebe44000)
iwlwifi 0000:02:00.0: I iwl_pcie_enqueue_hcmd Sending command LQ_CMD (#4e), seq: 0x0903, 92 bytes at 3[3]:9
Stack:
e403b32c ebe458c4 00200002 00200286 e403b338 ebe458cc c10960bb e5900da0
ff76a6ec ebe458d8 00000000 e41d00c0 e5900da0 ebe458f0 ff6f1b75 e403b210
ebe4598c ff723dc1 00000000 ff76a6ec e597c978 e403b758 00000002 00000002
Call Trace:
[<ff6f1b75>] ieee80211_free_txskb+0x15/0x20 [mac80211]
[<ff723dc1>] invoke_tx_handlers+0x1661/0x1780 [mac80211]
[<ff7248a5>] ieee80211_tx+0x75/0x100 [mac80211]
[<ff7249bf>] ieee80211_xmit+0x8f/0xc0 [mac80211]
[<ff72550e>] ieee80211_subif_start_xmit+0x4fe/0xe20 [mac80211]
[<c149ef70>] dev_hard_start_xmit+0x450/0x950
[<c14b9aa9>] sch_direct_xmit+0xa9/0x250
[<c14b9c9b>] __qdisc_run+0x4b/0x150
[<c149f732>] dev_queue_xmit+0x2c2/0xca0
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Yaara Rozenblum <yaara.rozenblum@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
[reword commit log, use a separate lock]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new argument for ndo_select_queue() callback that passes a
fallback handler. This gets invoked through netdev_pick_tx();
fallback handler is currently __netdev_pick_tx() as most drivers
invoke this function within their customized implementation in
case for skbs that don't need any special handling. This fallback
handler can then be replaced on other call-sites with different
queue selection methods (e.g. in packet sockets, pktgen etc).
This also has the nice side-effect that __netdev_pick_tx() is
then only invoked from netdev_pick_tx() and export of that
function to modules can be undone.
Suggested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NAPI was originally added to mac80211 a long time ago (by John in
commit 4e6cbfd09c in July 2010), but then removed years later
(by Stanislaw in commit 30c97120c6 in February 2013). No driver
ever used it, so that was fine.
Now I'm adding support for NAPI to our driver, so add some code
to mac80211 again to support NAPI. John was originally wrapping
some (but not nearly all NAPI-related functions), but that doesn't
scale very well with the number of functions that are there, some
of which are even only inlines. Thus, instead of doing that, let
the drivers manage the NAPI struct, except for napi_add() which is
needed so mac80211 knows how to call napi_gro_receive().
Also remove some no longer needed definitions that were left when
NAPI support was removed.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Create a function to return a descriptive string for each reason code,
and print that in addition to the numeric value in the kernel log. These
codes are easily found on popular search engines, but one is generally
not able to access the internet when dealing with wireless connectivity
issues.
Signed-off-by: Calvin Owens <jcalvinowens@gmail.com>
[use 'unknown' rather than 'invalid' since more valid codes exist]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to start iterating the list only to break on the
first item, just use !list_empty() and also simplify the whole
conditional into a single expression.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Improves reliability of wifi connections with WPA, since authentication
frames are prioritized over normal traffic and also typically exempt
from aggregation.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove size of SSID IE from the IE buffer in scan and
sched scan, since this IE isn't added to this buffer.
Reviewed-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case ieee80211_prep_connection() fails to dereference
sdata->vif.chanctx_conf, the function returns and doesn't
free new_sta. fixed.
Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case we were not suspended, the reconfig function returns without
configuring the scheduled scan.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add beacon_loss debugfs file that emulates
ieee80211_beacon_loss call from the driver.
This can be used for various testing scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of beacon_loss with IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR
device, mac80211 probes the ap (and disconnects on timeout)
but ignores the ack.
If we already got an ack, there's no reason to continue
disconnecting. this can help devices that supports
IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR only partially (e.g. take
care of keep alives, but does not probe the ap.
In case the device wants to disconnect without probing,
it can just call ieee80211_connection_loss.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We already have a band variable, so the new one is just
shadowing it, but the existing one already holds the
same value so just remove the inner one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During channel context assignment, the interface should
be found by interface iteration, so we need to assign the
pointer before the channel context.
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Tested-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The "new" fragmentation code (since my rewrite almost 5 years ago)
erroneously sets skb->len rather than using skb_trim() to adjust
the length of the first fragment after copying out all the others.
This leaves the skb tail pointer pointing to after where the data
originally ended, and thus causes the encryption MIC to be written
at that point, rather than where it belongs: immediately after the
data.
The impact of this is that if software encryption is done, then
a) encryption doesn't work for the first fragment, the connection
becomes unusable as the first fragment will never be properly
verified at the receiver, the MIC is practically guaranteed to
be wrong
b) we leak up to 8 bytes of plaintext (!) of the packet out into
the air
This is only mitigated by the fact that many devices are capable
of doing encryption in hardware, in which case this can't happen
as the tail pointer is irrelevant in that case. Additionally,
fragmentation is not used very frequently and would normally have
to be configured manually.
Fix this by using skb_trim() properly.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 2de8e0d999 ("mac80211: rewrite fragmentation")
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, when a station leaves an IBSS network, the
corresponding BSS is not dropped from cfg80211 if there are
other active stations in the network. But, the small
window that is present when trying to determine a station's
status based on IEEE80211_IBSS_MERGE_INTERVAL introduces
a race.
Instead of trying to keep the BSS, always remove it when
leaving an IBSS network. There is not much benefit to retain
the BSS entry since it will be added with a subsequent join
operation.
This fixes an issue where a dangling BSS entry causes ath9k
to wait for a beacon indefinitely.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver cannot start the AP or when the assignement
of the beacon goes wrong, we need to unassign the vif.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_start_roc_work() might add a new roc
to existing roc, and tell cfg80211 it has already
started.
However, this might happen before the roc cookie
was set, resulting in REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL (started)
event with null cookie. Consequently, it can make
wpa_supplicant go out of sync.
Fix it by setting the roc cookie earlier.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This capabilities weren't propagated to the radiotap header.
We don't set here the VHT_KNOWN / MCS_HAVE flag because not
all the low level drivers will know how to properly flag
the frames, hence the low level driver will be in charge
of setting IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FEC,
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_STBC and / or
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_STBC according to its
capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_rx_status.flags is full. Define a new vht_flag
variable to be able to set more VHT related flags and make
room in flags.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> [ath10k]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The purpose of this housekeeping is to make some room for
VHT flags. The radiotap vendor fields weren't in use.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In association request frames, there may be IEs passed from
userspace (such as interworking IEs) between HT and VHT, so
add code to insert those inbetween them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In probe request frames, the VHT IEs should come before any
vendor IEs, but after interworking and similar, so add code
to order them correctly wrt. the IEs passed from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Update the operating mode field is needed when an association
request contains the operating mode notification element and
it's not just changed later on the fly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
[clarify commit log, comments & fix whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When receiving an IBSS_JOINED event select the BSS object
based on the {bssid, channel} couple rather than the bssid
only.
With the current approach if another cell having the same
BSSID (but using a different channel) exists then cfg80211
picks up the wrong BSS object.
The result is a mismatching channel configuration between
cfg80211 and the driver, that can lead to any sort of
problem.
The issue can be triggered by having an IBSS sitting on
given channel and then asking the driver to create a new
cell using the same BSSID but with a different frequency.
By passing the channel to cfg80211_get_bss() we can solve
this ambiguity and retrieve/create the correct BSS object.
All the users of cfg80211_ibss_joined() have been changed
accordingly.
Moreover WARN when cfg80211_ibss_joined() gets a NULL
channel as argument and remove a bogus call of the same
function in ath6kl (it does not make sense to call
cfg80211_ibss_joined() with a zero BSSID on ibss-leave).
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@iki.fi>
Cc: libertas-dev@lists.infradead.org
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
[minor code cleanup in ath6kl]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Action, disassoc and deauth frames are bufferable, and as such don't
have the PM bit in the frame control field reserved which means we
need to react to the bit when receiving in such a frame.
Fix this by introducing a new helper ieee80211_is_bufferable_mmpdu()
and using it for the RX path that currently ignores the PM bit in
any non-data frames for doze->wake transitions, but listens to it in
all frames for wake->doze transitions, both of which are wrong.
Also use the new helper in the TX path to clean up the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Compiling with W=1 found a few variables that are set
but not used (-Wunused-but-set-variable), remove them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Responding to probe requests for scanning clients will often create
excessive retries, as it happens quite often that the scanning client
already left the channel. Therefore do it like hostapd and send probe
responses for wildcard SSID only once by using the noack flag.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <simon@open-mesh.com>
[fix typo & 'wildcard SSID' in commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ieee80211_vif_use_channel() function calls
ieee80211_vif_release_channel(), so there's no need to call it
explicitly in __ieee80211_sta_join_ibss().
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch adds a missing sdata lock and adds a few
lockdeps for easier maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
radar_required setting wasn't protected by
local->mtx in some places. This should prevent
from scanning/radar detection/roc colliding.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The sdata->vif.csa_active could be left set after,
e.g. channel context constraints check fail in STA
mode leaving the interface in a strange state for
a brief period of time until it is disconnected.
This was harmless but ugly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If CSA for AP interface failed and the interface
was not stopped afterwards another CSA request
would leak sdata->u.ap.next_beacon.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of having
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify() scattered all
over the place just call it once when finalizing
CSA.
As a side effect this patch adds missing error
checking for IBSS CSA beacon update.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[fix err vs. changed variable usage in ieee80211_csa_finalize()]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A few places weren't checking that the frame passed to the
function actually has enough data even though the function
clearly documents it must have a payload byte. Make this
safer by changing the function to take an skb and checking
the length inside. The old version is preserved for now as
the rtl* drivers use it and don't have a correct skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ATM, {ADD,DEL}BA and BAR frames are sent on the AC matching the TID of
the BA parameters. In the discussion [1] about this patch, Johannes
recalled that it fixed some races with the DELBA and indeed this
behavior was introduced in [2].
While [2] is right for the BARs, the part queueing the {ADD,DEL}BAs on
their BA params TID AC violates the spec and is more a workaround for
some drivers. Helmut expressed some concerns wrt such drivers, in
particular DELBAs in rt2x00.
ATM, DELBAs are sent after a driver has called (hence "purposely")
ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe and Johannes and Emmanuel gave some
details wrt intentions behind the split of the IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_*
given to the driver ampdu_action supposed to call this function, which
could prove handy to people trying to do the right thing in faulty
drivers (if their fw/hw don't get in their way).
[1] http://mid.gmane.org/1390391564-18481-1-git-send-email-karl.beldan@gmail.com
[2] Commit: cf6bb79ad8 ("mac80211: Use appropriate TID for sending BAR, ADDBA and DELBA frames")
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's not a single rate control algorithm actually in
a separate module where the module refcount would be
required. Similarly, there's no specific rate control
module.
Therefore, all the module handling code in rate control
is really just dead code, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The sample table is initialized only once at module start, so
is really __read_mostly. Additionally, the code to init it can
be marked __init since it will never be needed again, it is
likely automatically inlined into the __init function already
by the compiler, so this doesn't really make a difference.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The wiphy privid (to identify wiphys) and the cfg80211
ops should both be const, so change them to be.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change the code to allow making all the rate control ops
const, nothing ever needs to change them. Also change all
drivers to make use of this and mark the ops const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Restrict our published beamformee STS capability according
to the AP value.
Some AP show bad behaviour in interoperability testing
when our capabilities are better.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Initialize the buffer to all zeroes, otherwise the stack
data might be interpreted as the TID, which is likely to
fail completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case the given ROC duration is 0, update it to a minimal value before
setting the ieee80211_roc_work parameters, so it also would be valid
for cases where scan is in progress or there are other ROCs queued.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since we copy the mesh_id_len into our own data structures,
use it consistently and don't sometimes use cfg80211's copy.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh_id is an array so can't ever be NULL, it looks
like mesh_id_len check was intended instead. However,
since the previous patch, cfg80211 does the check, so
just remove it here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh precedence value in ieee80211_channel_switch
should be incremented or set to 1 only if this is the
initiator of mesh channel switch. For non-initiator,
the precedence value has updated using the Mesh
Channel Switch Parameters element. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC is set, mac80211 will perform a
division by max_signal in ieee80211_bss_info_update. If max_signal
is not properly set by the driver (for example it is zero) this
leads to a divide error and crash.
Thanks to Larry Finger, who pointed me to this.
This patch adds in ieee80211_register_hw one more check to detect
this condition and eventually returns -EINVAL, as already done for
other checks already performed there.
Signed-off-by: andrea merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
[move to an already existing SIGNAL_UNSPEC check]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 7ec7c4a9a6 ("mac80211: port CCMP to cryptoapi's CCM driver")
resulted in the 'encrypted' param of ccmp_special_blocks() to be no
longer used so it can be dropped from the prototype.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A beacon should never have a Channel Switch Announcement information
element with a count of 0, because a count of 1 means switch just
before the next beacon. So, if a count of 0 was valid in a beacon, it
would have been transmitted in the next channel already, which is
useless. A CSA count equal to zero is only meaningful in action
frames or probe_responses.
Fix the ieee80211_csa_is_complete() and ieee80211_update_csa()
functions accordingly.
With a CSA count of 0, we won't transmit any CSA beacons, because the
switch will happen before the next TBTT. To avoid extra work and
potential confusion in the drivers, complete the CSA immediately,
instead of waiting for the driver to call ieee80211_csa_finish().
To keep things simpler, we also switch immediately when the CSA count
is 1, while in theory we should delay the switch until just before the
next TBTT.
Additionally, move the ieee80211_csa_finish() function to cfg.c,
where it makes more sense.
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The return value of ieee80211_mesh_csa_beacon is not aligned with the
return value of ieee80211_assign_beacon() and
ieee80211_ibss_csa_beacon(). For consistency and to be able to use
both functions with similar code, change ieee80211_mesh_csa_beacon()
not to send the bss changed notification itself, but return what has
changed so the caller can send the notification instead.
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Refactor ieee80211_mesh_process_chanswitch() to use
ieee80211_channel_switch() and avoid code duplication.
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, the tx queue were selected implicitly in ndo_dfwd_start_xmit(). The
will cause several issues:
- NETIF_F_LLTX were removed for macvlan, so txq lock were done for macvlan
instead of lower device which misses the necessary txq synchronization for
lower device such as txq stopping or frozen required by dev watchdog or
control path.
- dev_hard_start_xmit() was called with NULL txq which bypasses the net device
watchdog.
- dev_hard_start_xmit() does not check txq everywhere which will lead a crash
when tso is disabled for lower device.
Fix this by explicitly introducing a new param for .ndo_select_queue() for just
selecting queues in the case of l2 forwarding offload. netdev_pick_tx() was also
extended to accept this parameter and dev_queue_xmit_accel() was used to do l2
forwarding transmission.
With this fixes, NETIF_F_LLTX could be preserved for macvlan and there's no need
to check txq against NULL in dev_hard_start_xmit(). Also there's no need to keep
a dedicated ndo_dfwd_start_xmit() and we can just reuse the code of
dev_queue_xmit() to do the transmission.
In the future, it was also required for macvtap l2 forwarding support since it
provides a necessary synchronization method.
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: e1000-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a uAPSD service period ends with an MMPDU, we currently just
send that MMPDU, but it obviously won't get the EOSP bit set as
it doesn't have a QoS header. This contradicts the standard, so
add a QoS-nulldata frame after the MMPDU to properly terminate
the service period with a frame that has EOSP set.
Also fix a bug wrt. the TID for the MMPDU, it shouldn't be set
to 0 unconditionally but use the actual TID that was assigned.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The temporary TX info flags need to be cleared if the frame will
be processed through the TX handlers again, otherwise it can get
messed up. This fixes a bug that happened when an aggregation
session was stopped while the station was sleeping - some frames
might get transmitted marked as aggregation erroneously without
this fix.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a response for PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame is sent, the
more-data bit should be set according to 802.11-2012 11.2.1.5 h),
meaning that it should indicate more data on the relevant ACs
(delivery-enabled or nondelivery-enabled for uAPSD or PS-Poll.)
In, for example, the following scenario:
* 1 frame on VO queue (either in driver or in mac80211)
* at least 1 frame on VI queue (in the driver)
* both VO/VI are delivery-enabled
* uAPSD trigger frame received
The more-data flag to the driver would not be set, even though
it should be.
While fixing this, I noticed that we should really release frames
from multiple ACs where there's data buffered in the driver for
the corresponding TIDs.
To address all this, restructure the code a bit to consider all
ACs if we only release driver frames or only buffered frames.
This also addresses the more-data bug described above as now the
TIDs will all be marked as released, so the driver will have to
check the number of frames.
While at it, clarify some code and comments and remove the found
variable, replacing it with the appropriate sw/hw release check.
Reported-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using ffs() for the PS-Poll release TID is wrong, it will cause
frames to be released in order 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 instead of the
correct 7 6 5 4 3 0 2 1. Fix this by adding a new function that
implements "highest priority TID" properly.
Reported-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In managed mode, we should not ask for OFF mode because the
power settings may still require DYNAMIC. In AP mode, this
should be allowed since the default settings is OFF and
AUTOMATIC is not allowed.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using an int with 0/1 is not very common, make the function
return a bool instead with the same values (false/true).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No need to assign the return value of prepare_for_handlers
to a variable if the only usage is to test it.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On starting a mesh or AP BSS, the interface dtim_count
countdown should match that of the driver TSF.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twpedersen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enable the WME for peer mesh STA so that the driver,
such as wcn36xx, will pick this up and enabling it in HW.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the internal scan request allocation below the last
sanity check in ieee80211_register_hw() to avoid leaking
memory if the sanity check actually triggers.
Reported-by: ZHAO Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the station's TX latency data structures need to be
allocated, handle failures properly and also free all the
structures if there are any other problems.
Move the allocation code up so that allocation failures
don't trigger rate control algorithm calls.
Reported-by: ZHAO Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clean up the file macros a bit and use that to remove the
unnecessary format function for the tkip MIC test file
that really is write-only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is useful for debugging issues with drivers using this
function (erroneously), so add tracing for the API call.
Change-Id: Ice9d7eabb8fecbac188f0a741920d3488de700ec
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the RTNL can't always be held, use wdev/sdata locking for
the qos-map dereference in mac80211. This requires cfg80211 to
consistently lock it, which it was missing in one place.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the possibly more efficient ether_addr_equal
to instead of memcmp.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows QoS mapping from external networks to be implemented as
defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 10.24.9. APs can use this to advertise
DSCP ranges and exceptions for mapping frames to a specific UP over
Wi-Fi.
The payload of the QoS Map Set element (IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97)
is sent to the driver through the new NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP attribute to
configure the local behavior either on the AP (based on local
configuration) or on a station (based on information received from the
AP).
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The scan code creates an iflist_mtx -> mtx locking dependency,
and a few other places, notably radar detection, were creating
the opposite dependency, causing lockdep to complain. As scan
and radar detection are mutually exclusive, the deadlock can't
really happen in practice, but it's still bad form.
A similar issue exists in the monitor mode code, but this is
only used by channel-context drivers right now and those have
to have hardware scan, so that also can't happen.
Still, fix these issues by making some of the channel context
code require the mtx to be held rather than acquiring it, thus
allowing the monitor/radar callers to keep the iflist_mtx->mtx
lock ordering.
While at it, also fix access to the local->scanning variable
in the radar code, and document that radar_detect_enabled is
now properly protected by the mtx.
All this would now introduce an ABBA deadlock between the DFS
work cancelling and local->mtx, so change the locking there a
bit to not need to use cancel_delayed_work_sync() but be able
to just use cancel_delayed_work(). The work is also safely
stopped/removed when the interface is stopped, so no extra
changes are needed.
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The radar detection code changed a few times, and due to
the changes some iflist_mtx locking stayed in that isn't
actually necessary - remove it.
One version of the code needed it because an AP interface's
VLAN list was changed to use this, but then we moved the
list handling outside of the chanctx handling and thus the
locking was no longer needed.
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Its address is used as an unsigned long *, so make sure
that the tim u8 array is properly aligned.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function is only used in one file, so move it up a
bit to avoid forward declarations and make it static.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix a number of different checkpatch errors.
Signed-off-by: Weilong Chen <chenweilong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The check needs to apply to both multicast and unicast packets,
otherwise probe requests on AP mode scans are sent through the multicast
buffer queue, which adds long delays (often longer than the scanning
interval).
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow to read management keys stored in a station's gtk key
array with a get_key function.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Verify that a pairwise key index value on ieee80211_get_key call
doesn't exceed the boundaries of the pairwise key array.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The return value of ieee80211_ibss_csa_beacon is not aligned with the
return value of ieee80211_assign_beacon(). For consistency and to be
able to use both functions with similar code, change
ieee80211_ibss_csa_beacon() not to send the bss changed notification
itself, but return what has changed so the caller can send the
notification instead.
Tested by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Acked by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Refactor ieee80211_ibss_process_chanswitch() to use
ieee80211_channel_switch() and avoid code duplication.
Tested by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Acked by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This regression was introduced in "mac80211: cache mesh
beacon".
mesh_sync_offset_adjust_tbtt() was assuming that the
beacon would be rebuilt in every single pre-tbtt
interrupt, but now the beacon update happens on the
workqueue, and it must be ready for immediate delivery to
the driver.
Save a pointer to the meshconf IE in the beacon_data (this
works because both the IE pointer and beacon buffer are
protected by the same rcu_{dereference,assign_pointer}())
for quick updates during pre-tbtt. This is faster and a
little prettier than iterating over the elements to find
the meshconf IE every time.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Keep the sched scan req when starting sched scan, and reschedule
it in case of HW restart during sched scan.
The upper layer don't have to know about the restart.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function is not used anywhere else than in cfg.c, so there's no
need to export it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We call ieee80211_ibss_disconnect(), which requires sdata to be
locked, so lock the sdata during ieee80211_csa_connection_drop_work().
Cc: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Can be used to add extra IEs (such as P2P NoA) without having to
reallocate the buffer.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the AP interface is stopped, free all AP and VLAN keys at
once to only require synchronize_net() once. Since that does
synchronize_net(), also move two such calls into the function
(using the new force_synchronize parameter) to avoid doing it
twice.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Teach sta_info_flush() to optionally also remove stations
from all VLANs associated with an AP interface to optimise
the station removal (in particular, synchronize_net().)
To not have to add the vlans argument throughout, do some
refactoring.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no reason to have one synchronize_net() for each
removed station, refactor the code slightly to have just
a single synchronize_net() for all stations.
Note that this is currently useless as hostapd removes
stations one by one and this coalescing never happens.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no reason to do this inside the sta key removal
since the keys can only be reached through the sta (and
not by the driver at all) so once the sta can no longer
be reached, the keys are safe.
This will allow further optimisation opportunities with
multiple stations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we can assume that stations are never referenced by the
driver after sta_state returns (and this is true since the
previous iwlmvm patch and for all other drivers) then we
don't need to delay station destruction, and don't need to
play tricks with rcu_barrier() etc.
This should speed up some scenarios like hostapd shutdown.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The pointer should be cleared before synchronize_rcu() so that the
consequently dead station won't be found by any lookups in the TX
or RX paths.
Also check that the station is actually the one being removed, the
check is not needed because each 4-addr VLAN can only have a single
station and non-4-addr VLANs always have a NULL pointer there, but
the code is clearer this way (and we avoid the memory write.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station
references that are cleared when the station is removed from the
driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before
removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that
the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once
after the station is removed from the driver.
Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to
the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected
station pointers before the RCU synchronisation.
This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing
the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid
RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns.
The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the
drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but
that would defeat the purpose.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This fixes a regression introduced by my patch "mac80211: don't cancel
csa finalize work within stop_ap", which added sdata locks to
ieee80211_csa_finalize_work() without removing the locking for
ieee80211_ibss_finish_csa(), which is called by the former, resulting
in a deadlock due to nested locking.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On scan completion we try start any pending roc.
However, if scan was just pending (and not actually started)
there is no point in trying to start the roc, as it might
have started already.
This solves the following warning:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 3552 at net/mac80211/offchannel.c:269 ieee80211_start_next_roc+0x164/0x204 [mac80211]()
[<c001cd38>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0xf0)
[<c00181d0>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[<c05c0d8c>] (dump_stack+0x78/0x94)
[<c0047c08>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x68/0x8c)
[<c0047c48>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x1c/0x24)
[<bf4d6660>] (ieee80211_start_next_roc+0x164/0x204 [mac80211])
[<bf4d5a74>] (ieee80211_scan_cancel+0xe8/0x190 [mac80211])
[<bf4df970>] (ieee80211_do_stop+0x63c/0x79c [mac80211])
[<bf4dfae0>] (ieee80211_stop+0x10/0x18 [mac80211])
[<c0504d84>] (__dev_close_many+0x84/0xcc)
[<c0504df4>] (__dev_close+0x28/0x3c)
[<c0509708>] (__dev_change_flags+0x78/0x144)
[<c0509854>] (dev_change_flags+0x10/0x48)
[<c055fe3c>] (devinet_ioctl+0x614/0x6d0)
[<c04f22a0>] (sock_ioctl+0x5c/0x2a4)
[<c0124eb4>] (do_vfs_ioctl+0x7c/0x5d8)
[<c012547c>] (SyS_ioctl+0x6c/0x7c)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, determining the completed scan type was
done by testing the SCAN_HW_SCANNING flag.
However, this doesn't take care for the case in which
the hw scan was requested, but hasn't started yet (e.g.
due to active remain_on_channel).
Replace this test by checking whether ops->hw_scan is
defined.
This solves the following warning:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 3552 at net/mac80211/offchannel.c:156 __ieee80211_scan_completed+0x1b4/0x2dc [mac80211]()
[<c001cd38>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0xf0)
[<c00181d0>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[<c05c0d8c>] (dump_stack+0x78/0x94)
[<c0047c08>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x68/0x8c)
[<c0047c48>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x1c/0x24)
[<bf4d4504>] (__ieee80211_scan_completed+0x1b4/0x2dc [mac80211])
[<bf4d5a74>] (ieee80211_scan_cancel+0xe8/0x190 [mac80211])
[<bf4df970>] (ieee80211_do_stop+0x63c/0x79c [mac80211])
[<bf4dfae0>] (ieee80211_stop+0x10/0x18 [mac80211])
[<c0504d84>] (__dev_close_many+0x84/0xcc)
[<c0504df4>] (__dev_close+0x28/0x3c)
[<c0509708>] (__dev_change_flags+0x78/0x144)
[<c0509854>] (dev_change_flags+0x10/0x48)
[<c055fe3c>] (devinet_ioctl+0x614/0x6d0)
[<c04f22a0>] (sock_ioctl+0x5c/0x2a4)
[<c0124eb4>] (do_vfs_ioctl+0x7c/0x5d8)
[<c012547c>] (SyS_ioctl+0x6c/0x7c)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rename NL80211_TXRATE_MCS to NL80211_TXRATE_HT and also
rename mcs to ht_mcs in struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove the unnecessary duplicate test of "if (skb) {"
when !CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS.
Remove now unnecessary __maybe_unused, neaten comment
Remove unnecessary parenthesis around align cast.
Substitute reference to deprecated compare_ether_addr
with ether_addr_equal (in the comment.)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
[edit commit log slightly]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for vendor-specific commands to nl80211. This is
intended to be used for really vendor-specific functionality
that can't be implemented in a generic fashion for any reason.
It's *NOT* intended to be used for any normal/generic feature
or any optimisations that could be implemented across drivers.
Currently, only vendor commands (with replies) are supported,
no dump operations or vendor-specific notifications.
Also add a function wdev_to_ieee80211_vif() to mac80211 which
is needed for mac80211-based drivers wanting to implement any
vendor commands.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 488b366a45.
The code isn't used by anyone, and the Intel driver isn't planning
to use it either right now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers with hardware rate control were given
sta->rx_nss set to 0. This was because rx_nss
calculation procedure was protected by hw/sw rate
control check.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When external CSA IEs are received (beacons or action messages), a
channel switch is triggered as well. This should only be allowed on
devices which actually support channel switches, otherwise disconnect.
(For the corresponding userspace invocation, the wiphy flag is checked
in nl80211).
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current channel switch code has a potential deadlock:
1) * cfg80211_stop_ap acquires wdev-lock
* ieee80211_stop_ap calls cancel_work_sync for the csa_finalize_work,
which acquires the associated worker-lock
2) * ieee80211_csa_finalize_work holds the worker-lock when run
* it calls cfg80211_ch_switch_notify which will claim the wdev-lock,
and also needs to claim the sdata-lock (which is the same as the
wdev-lock) to modify the beacons.
It is sufficient to just set the channel switch active to false. If the
worker is running later, it will find the channel switch to not be
active anymore and returns immediately without changing anything.
Canceling the worker is done anyway when the interface goes down
(ieee80211_do_stop).
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel switch notification should be sent under the
wdev/sdata-lock, preferably in the same moment as the channel change
happens, to avoid races by other callers (e.g. start/stop_ap).
This also adds the previously missing sdata_lock protection in
csa_finalize_work.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The csa finalize worker needs to change the beacon information (for
different modes). These are normally protected under rtnl lock, but the
csa finalize worker is called by drivers and should not acquire the RTNL
lock. Therefore change access protection for beacons to sdata/wdev lock.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
[fix sdata_dereference]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The local TSF timer is used to compute the timing offset between
mesh peers on beacon reception. However, asking the device for
the TSF is not very accurate, so we prefer to use rx->mactime
if available. In the latter case, calling drv_get_tsf() just
adds more delay into the RX path, so skip it if we can.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change cfg80211 and mac80211 to use cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params
struct to aggregate parameters for mgmt_tx functions.
This makes the functions' signatures less clumsy and allows
less painful parameters extension.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
[fix all other drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's a bug in tracking HT opmode changes in mac80211, it
fails to update the driver when the channel parameters don't
change.
Move the code to do the HT opmode checking independently of
the channel/bandwidth tracking.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
[edit commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All interface types now properly clean up their stations
using some form of sta_info_flush() themselves, so there's
no need to try it again at teardown. Remove the call to
get rid of the extra delay from the synchronize_net() and
rcu_barrier() calls.
Reported-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Measure TX latency and jitter statistics per station per TID.
These Measurements are disabled by default and can be enabled
via debugfs.
Features included for each station's TID:
1. Keep count of the maximum and average latency of Tx frames.
2. Keep track of many frames arrived in a specific time range
(need to enable through debugfs and configure the bins ranges)
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ATM minstrel_ht does not check whether a sampling rate is supported.
Unsupported rates attempts can trigger when there are holes in bitfields
of supported MCSes belonging to the same group (e.g many devices are
MCS32 capable without MCS33->39 capable, also we systematically have a
hole for CCK rates).
Drop any attempts to sample unsupported rates, as suggested by Felix.
This is not a problem in minstrel which fills a per STA sample table
with only supported rates (though only at init).
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ATM, only the first array value returned by get_random_bytes is used.
This change moves the call to get_random_bytes from the nested loop it
is in to its parent.
While at it, replace get_random_bytes with prandom_bytes since PRNs are
way enough for the selection process.
After this, minstrel_ht reclaims 80 PR-bytes instead of 640 R-bytes.
minstrels use sample tables to probe different rates in a randomized
manner.
minstrel_ht inits one single sample table upon registration (during
subsys_initcalls) and minstrel uses one per STA addition in minstrel.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Consecutive MCSes in [8*(NSS-1)->8*NSS[ have the same number NSS of
streams (except for MCS32 which is mishandled ATM).
ATM minstrel_ht uses MCS_GROUP_RATES in place of this 8 modulus.
This change replaces such occurences and by doing so allows for different
values of MCS_GROUP_RATES (e.g to cope with VHT MCS8,9).
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate
the min required channel configuration.
Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing
the noise level and saving some power.
The min required channel definition is the max of
all min required channel definitions of the interfaces
bound to this channel context.
In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station.
When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max
bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when
80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected).
In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the
min required chandef.
Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling
drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduce shift and mask defines for beamformee STS cap and number
of sounding dimensions cap as these can take any 3 bit value.
While at it also cleanup an unrequired parenthesis.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is no reason why we should have only one channel switch
announcement at a time for a single phy. When support for channel
switch with multiple contexts and multiple vifs per context is
implemented, we will need the chandef data for each vif. Move the
csa_chandef structure to sdata to prepare for this.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[Fixed compilation with mesh]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use put_unaligned_le16 and put_unaligned_le32 for
mesh_path_error_tx and mesh_path_sel_frame_tx.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use put_unaligned_le16 in mesh_plink_frame_tx.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
use put_unaligned_le16 for precedence value in mesh
channel switch support
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds generic cipher scheme support to mac80211, such schemes
are fully under control by the driver. On hw registration drivers
may specify additional HW ciphers with a scheme how these ciphers
have to be handled by mac80211 TX/RR. A cipher scheme specifies a
cipher suite value, a size of the security header to be added to
or stripped from frames and how the PN is to be verified on RX.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To report channel width correctly we have
to send correct channel parameters from
mac80211 when calling cfg80211_cac_event().
This is required in case of using channel width
higher than 20MHz and we have to set correct
dfs channel state after CAC (NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no code calling ieee80211_key_replace() with both
arguments NULL and it wouldn't make sense, but in the
interest of maintainability add a warning for it. As a
side effect, this also shuts up a smatch warning.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Coverity points out that checking assoc_data->ie is
completely useless since it's an array in the struct
and can't be NULL - remove the useless checks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
802.11-2012 13.3.1 implicitly limits the mesh local link
ID range to that of AID, since for mesh PS the local link
ID must be indicated in the TIM IE, which only holds
IEEE80211_MAX_AID bits.
Also the code was allowing a local link ID of 0, but this
is not correct since that TIM bit is used for indicating
buffered mcast frames.
Generate a random, unique, link ID from 1 - 2007, and drop
a modulo conversion for the local link ID, but keep it for
the peer link ID in case he chose something > MAX_AID.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[fix some indentation, squash llid assignment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we store the peer link ID right after initializing a
new neighbor, there is no need to do it later in the
peering FSM.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All other paths return an error code, do the same here.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ignore_plink_timer flag is set when doing mod_timer() if
the timer was not previously active. This is to avoid executing
the timeout if del_timer() was subsequently called. However,
del_timer() only happens if we are moving to ESTAB state or
get a close frame while in HOLDING.
We cannot leave HOLDING and re-enter ESTAB unless we receive a
close frame (in which case ignore_plink_timer is already set) or
if the timeout expires, so there actually isn't a case where
this is needed on mod_timer().
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The matches_local check can just be done when looking at the
individual action types.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use C instead of cpp for type checking. Also swap the arguments
into the usual sdata -> sta order.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The initial frame checks differ depending on whether this is
a new peer or not, but they were all intermixed with sta checks
as necessary. Group them together so the two cases are clearer.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reject and accepted close events always put the host in the
holding state and compute a reason code based only on the
current state. Likewise on establish we always do the same
setup. Put these in functions to save some duplicated code.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rather than unlock at the end of each case, do it once after
all is said and done.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do all frame transfers in one place at the end of the
big switch statements. sta->plid and sta->reason can
be passed in any case, since they are only used for
the frames that need them. Remove assignments to locals
for values already stored in the sta structure.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
According to IEEE 802.11-2012 (8.4.2.104), no peering
management element exists with length 7. This code is checking
to see if llid is present to ignore close frames with different
llid, which would be IEs with length 8.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, frames that go into the reordering buffer are stored at
index ieee80211_sn_sub(sn, tid_rx->ssn) % tid_rx->buf_size.
The offset calculation to the starting sequence number (SSN) is
useless and just adds overhead so simply use sn % tid_rx->buf_size.
This means the reordering buffer will start to be filled somewhere
in the middle (at SSN % buf_size) and continue to get used from
there, but there's no reason to start from the beginning.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These two flags are used for the same purpose, just
combine them into a no-ir flag to annotate no initiating
radiation is allowed.
Old userspace sending either flag will have it treated as
the no-ir flag. To be considerate to older userspace we
also send both the no-ir flag and the old no-ibss flags.
Newer userspace will have to be aware of older kernels.
Update all places in the tree using these flags with the
following semantic patch:
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR)
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR)
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
Along with some hand-optimisations in documentation, to
remove duplicates and to fix some indentation.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[do all the driver updates in one go]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ATM, the first call of ieee80211_do_open will configure the hw as
non-idle, even if the interface being brought up is not a monitor, and
this leads to inconsistent sequences like:
register_hw()
do_open(sta)
hw_config(non-idle)
(.. sta is non-idle ..)
scan(sta)
hw_config(idle) (after scan finishes)
do_stop(sta)
do_open(sta)
(.. sta is idle ..)
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 3e8b1eb "mac80211/minstrel_ht: improve rate selection stability"
introduced a local capped prob in minstrel_ht_calc_tp but omitted to use
it to compute the per rate throughput.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 392b9ff ("mac80211: change beacon/connection polling")
removed the IEEE80211_STA_BEACON_POLL flag.
However, it accidentally removed the setting of
IEEE80211_STA_CONNECTION_POLL, making the connection polling
completely useless (the flag is always clear, so the result
is never being checked). Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mesh STA receiving the mesh CSA action frame is not able to trigger
the mesh channel switch due to the incorrect handling and comparison
of mesh channel switch parameters element (MCSP)'s TTL. Make sure
the MCSP's TTL is updated accordingly before calling the
ieee80211_mesh_process_chnswitch. Also, we update the beacon before
forwarding the CSA action frame, so MCSP's precedence value and
initiator flag need to be updated prior to this.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Multicast frames can't be transmitted as part of an aggregation
session (such a session couldn't even be set up) so don't try to
reorder them. Trying to do so would cause the reorder to stop
working correctly since multicast QoS frames (as transmitted by
the Aruba APs this was found with) would cause sequence number
confusion in the buffer.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Blaise Gassend <blaise@suitabletech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When initializing rates selections starting indexes upon stats update,
the minstrel_sta->max_* rates should be 'group * MCS_GROUP_RATES + i'
not 'i'. This affects settings where one of the peers does not support
any of the rates of the group 0 (i.e. when ht_cap.mcs.rx_mask[0] == 0).
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mesh beacon was not being rebuild after user triggered a mesh
powersave change.
To solve this issue use ieee80211_mbss_info_change_notify instead
of ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify. This helper function forces
mesh beacon to be rebuild and then notifies the driver about the
beacon change.
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit "mac80211: implement SMPS for AP" applies to AP_VLAN as well.
It assumes that sta->sdata->vif.bss_conf.bssid is present, which did not
get set for AP_VLAN.
Initialize it to sdata->vif.addr like for other interface types.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When changing cfg80211 to use RTNL locking, this caused a
deadlock in mac80211 as it calls cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped()
from a work item that's on a workqueue that is flushed with
the RTNL held.
Fix this by simply using schedule_work(), the work only needs
to finish running before the wiphy is unregistered, no other
synchronisation (e.g. with suspend) is really required since
for suspend userspace is already blocked anyway when we flush
the workqueue so will only pick up the event after resume.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 5fe231e873 ("cfg80211: vastly simplify locking")
Reported-and-tested-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Setup chandef for radar event correctly, before we
will clear this in ieee80211_dfs_cac_cancel() function.
Without this patch mac80211 will report wrong channel
width in case we will get radar event during active CAC.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit ee1f668136.
The aformentioned commit added a check to allow
'iw wlan0 set power_save off' to work for mesh interfaces.
However, this is problematic because it also allows
'iw wlan0 set power_save on', which will crash in short order
because all of the subsequent code manipulates sdata->u.mgd.
The power-saving states for mesh interfaces can be manipulated
through the mesh config, e.g:
'iw wlan0 set mesh_param mesh_power_save=active' (which,
despite the name, actualy disables power saving since the
setting refers to the type of sleep the interface undergoes).
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: ee1f668136 ("mac80211: allow disable power save in mesh")
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CSA completion could call in a driver
bss_info_changed() with a garbled `changed` flag
leading to all sorts of problems.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Trigger the mesh channel switching procedure if the mesh STA
happens to miss the CSA action frame but able to receive the
beacon containing the CSA and MCSP elements from its peer
mesh STAs.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
[fix locking in ieee80211_mesh_process_chnswitch()]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement the required procedures for mesh channel switching as defined
in the IEEE Std 802.11-2012 section 10.9.8.4.3 and also handle the CSA
and MCSP elements as followed:
* Add the function for updating the beacon and probe response frames
with CSA and MCSP elements during the period of switching to the new
channel. Both CSA and MCSP elements must be included in beacon and
probe response frames until the intended channel switch time.
* The ifmsh->csa_settings is set to NULL and the CSA and MCSP elements
will then be removed from the beacon or probe response frames once the
new channel is switched to.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow the triggering of CSA frame using mesh interface. The
rules are more or less same with IBSS, such as not allowed to
change between the band and channel width has to be same from
the previous mode. Also, move the ieee80211_send_action_csa
to a common space so that it can be re-used by mesh interface.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Process the CSA frame according to the procedures define in IEEE Std
802.11-2012 section 10.9.8.4.3 as follow:
* The mesh channel switch parameters element (MCSP) must be availabe.
* If the MCSP's TTL is 1, drop the frame but still process the CSA.
* If the MCSP's precedence value is less than or equal to the current
precedence value, drop the frame and do not process the CSA.
* The CSA frame is forwarded after TTL is decremented by 1 and the
initiator field is set to 0. Transmit restrict field and others
are maintained as is.
* No beacon or probe response frame are handled here.
Also, introduce the debug message used for mesh CSA purpose.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Refactor the channel switch IE parsing to reduce the number
of function parameters.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be used by a driver to prepare skbs for transmission, which were
obtained via functions such as ieee80211_probereq_get or
ieee80211_nullfunc_get.
This is useful for drivers that want to send those frames directly, but
need rate control information to be prepared first.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes errors in the mesh powersave logic which
cause that remote peers do not get peer power mode change
notifications and mesh peer service periods (MPSPs) got
stuck.
When closing a peer link, set the (now invalid) peer-specific
power mode to 'unknown'.
Avoid overhead when local power mode is unchanged.
Reliably clear MPSP flags on peering status update.
Avoid MPSP flags getting stuck by not requesting a further
MPSP ownership if we already are an MPSP owner.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
6c17b77b67 ensures that a device's
mac80211 queues will remain stopped while offchannel. Since the
vif can no longer be offchannel when the queues wake it's not
necessary to check for this before waking its netdev queues.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow changing to DFS channels if the channel is available for
beaconing and userspace controls DFS operation.
Channel switch announcement from other stations on DFS channels will
be interpreted as radar event. These channels will then be marked as
unvailable.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver requests to move to STATIC or DYNAMIC SMPS,
we send an action frame to each associated station and
reconfigure the channel context / driver.
Of course, non-MIMO stations are ignored.
The beacon isn't updated. The association response will
include the original capabilities. Stations that associate
while in non-OFF SMPS mode will get an action frame right
after association to inform them about our current state.
Note that we wait until the end of the EAPOL. Sending an
action frame before the EAPOL is finished can be an issue
for a few clients. Clients aren't likely to send EAPOL
frames in MIMO anyway.
When the SMPS configuration gets more permissive (e.g.
STATIC -> OFF), we don't wake up stations that are asleep
We remember that they don't know about the change and send
the action frame when they wake up.
When the SMPS configuration gets more restrictive (e.g.
OFF -> STATIC), we set the TIM bit for every sleeping STA.
uAPSD stations might send MIMO until they poll the action
frame, but this is for a short period of time.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[fix vht streams loop, initialisation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
include/net/dst.h
Trivial merge conflicts, both were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some APs (notably a Sitecom WL-153 v1 with firmware 1.45) are sending
invalid WMM parameters setting AIFSN, ECWmin and ECWmax to zero. The
spec mandates that the value of AIFSN is at least 2, and some cards
(e.g. Intel with the iwldvm driver) can't transmit when the invalid
QoS parameters are actually uploaded to the firmware.
Since there's little chance of being able to guess the values that
the AP actually meant, disable WMM if such an invalid case is found.
Since ECWmin/ECWmax are allowed to be zero, only verify AIFSN >= 2
and ECWmin <= ECWmax.
Reviewed-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reported-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Bitrate mask were not respected in transmissions, causing (for
example) P2P GO/client to use CCK rates for auth and assoc frames.
Fix it by considering the rate mask in __rate_control_send_low().
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Transmissions with the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE flag set
(which can come from userspace) were no longer guaranteed to
be transmitted with allowed rates since commit 2103dec147
("mac80211: select and adjust bitrates according to channel
mode") due to a missing rate_flags check in that commit. The
commit also introduced the need to check the 5/10 MHz flags
but accidentally didn't. Fix it by adding the missing check.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a frame's timestamp is calculated, and the bitrate
calculation goes wrong and returns zero, the system
will attempt to divide by zero and crash. Catch this
case and print the rate information that the driver
reported when this happens.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Thomas Lindroth <thomas.lindroth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the generic CCM aead chaining mode driver rather than a local
implementation that sits right on top of the core AES cipher.
This allows the use of accelerated implementations of either
CCM as a whole or the CTR mode which it encapsulates.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
__ieee80211_scan_completed is called from a worker. This
means that the following flow is possible.
* driver calls ieee80211_scan_completed
* mac80211 cancels the scan (that is already complete)
* __ieee80211_scan_completed runs
When scan_work will finally run, it will see that the scan
hasn't been aborted and might even trigger another scan on
another band. This leads to a situation where cfg80211's
scan is not done and no further scan can be issued.
Fix this by setting a new flag when a HW scan is being
cancelled so that no other scan will be triggered.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
include/linux/netdevice.h
net/core/sock.c
Trivial merge issues.
Removal of "extern" for functions declaration in netdevice.h
at the same time "const" was added to an argument.
Two parallel line additions in net/core/sock.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the memset/memcpy uses of 6 to ETH_ALEN
where appropriate.
Also convert some struct definitions and u8 array
declarations of [6] to ETH_ALEN.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Limit the current implementation to a single channel context used by
a single vif, thereby avoiding multi-vif/channel complexities.
Reuse the main function from AP CSA code, but move a portion out in
order to fit the STA scenario.
Add a new mac80211 HW flag so we don't break devices that don't support
channel switch with channel-contexts. The new behavior will be opt-in.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the default setting for WMM parameters outside the for loop
to avoid redundant assignment multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Fred Zhou <fred.zy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices may not be able to report A-MSDUs in
single buffers. Drivers for such devices were
forced to re-assemble A-MSDUs which would then
be eventually disassembled by mac80211. This could
lead to CPU cache thrashing and poor performance.
Since A-MSDU has a single sequence number all
subframes share it. This was in conflict with
retransmission/duplication recovery
(IEEE802.11-2012: 9.3.2.10).
Patch introduces a new flag that is meant to be
set for all individually reported A-MSDU subframes
except the last one. This ensures the
last_seq_ctrl is updated after the last subframe
is processed. If an A-MSDU is actually a duplicate
transmission all reported subframes will be
properly discarded.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[johannes: add braces that were missing even before]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The authentication frame has a fixied size of 30 bytes
(including header, algo num, trans seq num, and status)
followed by a variable challenge text.
Allocate using exact size, instead of over-allocation
by sizeof(ieee80211_mgmt).
Signed-off-by: Fred Zhou <fred.zy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be useful for drivers if they have any failure cases
when joining an IBSS. Also move setting the queue parameters
to before this new call, in case the new driver op needs them
already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
VHT_CAP_BEAMFORMER_ANTENNAS cap is actually defined in the draft as
VHT_CAP_BEAMFORMEE_STS_MAX, and its size is 3 bits long.
VHT_CAP_SOUNDING_DIMENSIONS is also 3 bits long.
Fix the definitions and change the cap masking accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some debugfs related functions snprintf was used
while scnprintf should have been used instead.
(blindly adding the return value of snprintf and supplying
it to the next snprintf might result in buffer overflow when
the input is too big)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211 scan processing could get stuck if roc work for pending, but
not started when a scan request was deferred due to such roc item.
Normally the deferred scan would be started from
ieee80211_start_next_roc(), but ieee80211_sw_roc_work() calls that only
if the finished ROC was started. Fix this by calling
ieee80211_run_deferred_scan() in the case the last ROC was not actually
started.
This issue was hit relatively easily in P2P find operations where Listen
state (remain-on-channel) and Search state (scan) are repeated in a
loop.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When clients are idle for too long, hostapd sends nullfunc frames for
probing. When those are acked by the client, the idle time needs to be
updated.
To make this work (and to avoid unnecessary probing), update sta->last_rx
whenever an ACK was received for a tx packet. Only do this if the flag
IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS is set.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows calls for clients in AP_VLANs (e.g. for 4-addr) to succeed
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "mac80211: select and adjust bitrates according to
channel mode" causes regression and breaks the extended supported rate
IE setting. Since "i" is starting with 8, so this is not necessary
to introduce "skip" here.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Abele <jason@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If an Ad-Hoc node receives packets with the Cell ID or its own MAC
address as source address, it hits a WARN_ON in sta_info_insert_check()
With many packets, this can massively spam the logs. One way that this
can easily happen is through having Cisco APs in the area with rouge AP
detection and countermeasures enabled.
Such Cisco APs will regularly send fake beacons, disassoc and deauth
packets that trigger these warnings.
To fix this issue, drop such spoofed packets early in the rx path.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IBSS members may not immediately be able to send out their beacon when
performing CSA, therefore also send a CSA action frame.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function adds the channel switch announcement implementation for the
IBSS code. It is triggered by userspace (mac80211/cfg) or by external
channel switch announcement, which have to be adopted. Both CSAs in
beacons and action frames are supported. As for AP mode, the channel
switch is applied after some time. However in IBSS mode, the channel
switch IEs are generated in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IBSS CSA will require to disconnect if a channel switch fails, but
mac80211 should search and re-connect after this disconnect. To allow
such usage, split off the ibss disconnect process in a separate function
which only performs the disconnect without overwriting nl80211-supplied
parameters.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel switch parsing function can be re-used for the IBSS code,
put the common part into an extra function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[also move/rename chandef_downgrade]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do not override max_tp_rate, max_tp_rate2 and max_prob_rate configured
according to fixed_rate in minstrel_ht_update_stats throughput computation
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the capability to use a fixed modulation rate to minstrel rate controller
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since when we detect beacon lost we do active AP probing (using nullfunc
frame or probe request) there is no need to have beacon polling. Flags
IEEE80211_STA_BEACON_POLL seems to be used just for historical reasons.
Change also make that after we start connection poll due to beacon loss,
next received beacon will abort the poll.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No need for ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR()) since there's ERR_CAST, use it.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If it is needed to disconnect multiple virtual interfaces after
(WoWLAN-) suspend, the most obvious approach would be to iterate
all interfaces by calling ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces()
and then call ieee80211_resume_disconnect() for each one. This
is what the iwlmvm driver does.
Unfortunately, this causes a locking dependency from mac80211's
iflist_mtx to the key_mtx. This is problematic as the former is
intentionally never held while calling any driver operation to
allow drivers to iterate with their own locks held. The key_mtx
is held while installing a key into the driver though, so this
new lock dependency means drivers implementing the logic above
can no longer hold their own lock while iterating.
To fix this, add a new ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl()
function that iterates while the RTNL is already held. This is
true during suspend/resume, so that then the locking dependency
isn't introduced.
While at it, also refactor the various interface iterators and
keep only a single implementation called by the various cases.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Jouni reported that with mac80211_hwsim, multicast TX was causing
crashes due to invalid vif->cab_queue assignment. It turns out that
this is caused by change_interface() getting invoked and not having
the vif->type/vif->p2p assigned correctly before calling the queue
check (ieee80211_check_queues). Fix this by passing the 'external'
interface type to the function and adjusting it accordingly.
While at it, also fix the error path in change_interface, it wasn't
correctly resetting to the external type but using the internal one
instead.
Fortunately this affects on hwsim because all other drivers set the
vif->type/vif->p2p variables when changing iftype. This shouldn't
be needed, but almost all implementations actually do it for their
own internal handling.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Seth reports that some APs, notably the Netgear WNDAP360, send
invalid ECSA IEs in probe response frames with the operating
class and channel number both set to zero, even when no channel
switch is being done. As a result, any scan while connected to
such an AP results in the connection being dropped.
Fix this by ignoring any channel switch announcment in probe
response frames entirely, since we're connected to the AP we
will be receiving a beacon (and maybe even an action frame) if
a channel switch is done, which is sufficient.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Reported-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add flags intended to report various auxiliary information
and introduce the NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED flag to report
that the frame was already answered by the device.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[REPLIED->ANSWERED, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
According to 802.11-2012 9.3.2.10, paragraph 4, QoS
data frames with a group address in the Address 1 field
have sequence numbers allocated from the same counter
as non-QoS data and management frames. Without this
flag, some drivers may not assign sequence numbers, and
in rare cases frames might get dropped. Set the control
flag accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, the mesh STA responds to probe request from legacy STA
but now it will only respond to legacy STA if the legacy STA does include
the specific mesh ID or wildcard mesh ID in the probe request.
The iw patch "iw: scan using meshid" can be used either by legacy STA
or by mesh STA to do active scanning by inserting the mesh ID in the
probe request frame.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211 currently sets WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN based on whether
the start_sched_scan operation is supported or not, but that will not
be correct for all drivers, we're adding scheduled scan to the iwlmvm
driver but it depends on firmware support.
Therefore, move setting WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN into the drivers
so that they can control it regardless of implementing the operation.
This currently only affects the TI drivers since they're the only ones
implementing scheduled scan (in a mac80211 driver.)
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sujith reports that my commit af61a16518
("mac80211: add control port protocol TX control flag") broke ath9k
(aggregation). The reason is that I made minstrel_ht use the flag in
the TX status path, where it can have been overwritten by the driver.
Since we have no more space in info->flags, revert that part of the
change for now, until we can reshuffle the flags or so.
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
my earlier patch "mac80211: change IBSS channel state to chandef"
created a regression by ignoring the channel parameter in
__ieee80211_sta_join_ibss, which breaks IBSS channel selection. This
patch fixes this situation by using the right channel and adopting the
selected bandwidth mode.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
brcm80211 cannot handle sending frames with CCK rates as part of an
A-MPDU session. Other drivers may have issues too. Set the flag in all
drivers that have been tested with CCK rates.
This fixes a reported brcmsmac regression introduced in
commit ef47a5e4f1
"mac80211/minstrel_ht: fix cck rate sampling"
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Reported-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IBSS needs to release the channel context when leaving
but I evidently missed that. Fix it.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to be able to (securely) keep connections alive after
the system was suspended for WoWLAN, we need some additional
APIs. We already have API (ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify) to tell
wpa_supplicant about the new replay counter if GTK rekeying
was done by the device while the host was asleep, but that's
not sufficient.
If GTK rekeying wasn't done, we need to tell the host about
sequence counters for the GTK (and PTK regardless of rekeying)
that was used while asleep, add ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq() for
that.
If GTK rekeying was done, then we need to be able to disable
the old keys (with ieee80211_remove_key()) and allocate the
new GTK key(s) in mac80211 (with ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add()).
If protocol offload (e.g. ARP) is implemented, then also the
TX sequence counter for the PTK must be updated, using the new
ieee80211_set_key_tx_seq() function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel Switch will later require to generate beacons without setting
them immediately. Therefore split the presp generation in an own
function. Splitting the original very long function might be a good idea
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch decouples the power save processing from the frame decryption
by running the decrypt rx handler after sta_process. In the case where
the decryption failed for some reason, the stack used to not process
the PM and MOREDATA bits for that frame. The stack now always performs
power save processing regardless of the decryption result. That means that
encrypted data frames and NULLFUNC frames are now handled in the same way
regarding power save processing, making the stack more robust.
Signed-off-by: Johan Almbladh <ja@anyfi.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases mac80211 will scan before creating an IBSS
even if bssid and frequency have been forced by the user.
This is not needed and leads only to a delay in the IBSS
establishment phase.
Immediately create the cell if both bssid and frequency
(and fixed_freq is set) have been specified.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pass the wdev from cfg80211 on to the driver as the vif
if given and it's valid for the driver.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow drivers to implement per-interface testmode operations
more easily, pass a wdev pointer if any identification for one
was given from userspace. Clean up the code a bit while at it.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A lot of drivers check the frame protocol for ETH_P_PAE,
for various reasons (like making those more reliable).
Add a new flags bitmap to the TX control info and a new
flag indicating the control port protocol is in use to
let all drivers also apply such logic to other control
port protocols, should they be configured.
Also use the new flag in the iwlwifi drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow lowest basic rate to be used for unicast management frame in
mesh. Otherwise, the lowest supported rate is used for unicast
management frame, such as 1Mbps for 2.4GHz and 6Mbps for 5GHz. Rename
the rc_send_low_broadcast to re_send_low_basicrate since now it is
also applied to unicast management frame in mesh.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A few places in the code (mac80211 and iwlmvm) use the same
TU_TO_JIFFIES() macro and could use TU_TO_EXP_TIME() that
mac80211 has. Make these available to everyone and use them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon
transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers
using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually
after reaching count == 0.
This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel
switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel
definition of an active channel context.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[small cleanups, catch identical chandef]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a per-station debugfs file indicating the TIDs (as
a bitmap) that the driver has data buffered on.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The radiotap VHT info is 12 bytes (required to be aligned on 2) :
u16 known - IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_*
u8 flags - IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_FLAG_*
u8 bandwidth
u8 mcs_nss[4]
u8 coding
u8 group_id
u16 partial_aid
ATM mac80211 can handle IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_{GI,BANDWIDTH} and
mcs_nss[0] (i.e single user) in simple cases.
This is more a placeholder to let sniffers give more clues for VHT,
since we don't have yet the proper infrastructure/conventions
in mac80211 for complete feedback (e.g consider dynamic BW).
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A station which is not authorized has to be purged earlier
to give it a chance to re-try to establish an IBSS/RSN
session soon. Set the timeout to 10 seconds.
Some refactoring has also been done to allow the IBSS
submodule to have its own expiring function.
Reported-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change mac80211 LED trigger code to use the generic
led_trigger_blink_oneshot() API for transmit and receive activity
indication.
This gives a better feedback to the user, as with the new API each
activity event results in a visible blink, while a constant traffic
results in a continuous blink at constant rate.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Baltieri <fabio.baltieri@gmail.com>
[fix LED disabled build error]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case the AP has different regulatory information than we do,
it can happen that we connect to an AP based on e.g. the world
roaming regulatory data, and then update our database with the
AP's country information disables the channel the AP is using.
If this happens on an HT AP, the bandwidth tracking code will
hit the WARN_ON() and disconnect. Since that's not very useful,
ignore the channel-disable flag in bandwidth tracking.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Tested-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While we're connected, the AP shouldn't change the primary channel
in the HT information. We checked this, and dropped the connection
if it did change it.
Unfortunately, this is causing problems on some APs, e.g. on the
Netgear WRT610NL: the beacons seem to always contain a bad channel
and if we made a connection using a probe response (correct data)
we drop the connection immediately and can basically not connect
properly at all.
Work around this by ignoring the HT primary channel information in
beacons if we're already connected.
Also print out more verbose messages in the other situations to
help diagnose similar bugs quicker in the future.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.10]
Acked-by: Andy Isaacson <adi@hexapodia.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
TX status notification can get lost, or the frames could
get stuck on the queue, so don't wait for the callback
from the driver forever and instead time out after half
a second.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit "3d9646d mac80211: fix channel selection bug" introduced a possible
infinite loop by moving the out target above the chandef_downgrade
while loop. When we downgrade to NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, we jump
back up to re-run the while loop...indefinitely. Replace goto with
break and carry on. This may not be sufficient to connect to the AP,
but will at least keep the cpu from livelocking. Thanks to Derek Atkins
as an extra pair of debugging eyes.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My commit:
commit 12e7f51702
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Thu Feb 28 10:55:26 2013 +0100
mac80211: cleanup generic suspend/resume procedures
removed check for deleting MONITOR and AP_VLAN when suspend. That can
cause a crash (i.e. in iwlagn_mac_remove_interface()) since we remove
interface in the driver that we did not add before.
Reference:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=137391815113860&w=2
Bisected-by: Ortwin Glück <odi@odi.ch>
Reported-and-tested-by: Ortwin Glück <odi@odi.ch>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch is intended to avoid the buffering to non-assoc mesh STA
and also to avoid the triggering of frame to non-assoc mesh STA which
could cause kernel panic in specific hw.
One of the examples, is kernel panic happens to ath9k if user space
inserts the mesh STA and not proceed with the SAE and AMPE, and later
the same mesh STA is detected again. The sta_state of the mesh STA remains
at IEEE80211_STA_NONE and if the ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup is called
and subsequently the ath_tx_aggr_wakeup, the kernel panic due to
ath_tx_node_init is not called before to initialize the require data
structures.
This issue is reported by Cedric Voncken before.
http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg106342.html
[<831ea6b4>] ath_tx_aggr_wakeup+0x44/0xcc [ath9k]
[<83084214>] ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup+0xb8/0x208 [mac80211]
[<830b9824>] ieee80211_mps_sta_status_update+0x94/0x108 [mac80211]
[<83099398>] ieee80211_sta_ps_transition+0xc94/0x34d8 [mac80211]
[<8022399c>] nf_iterate+0x98/0x104
[<8309bb60>] ieee80211_sta_ps_transition+0x345c/0x34d8 [mac80211]
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When priv_sta == NULL, mi->prev_sample is dereferenced too early. Move
the assignment further down, after the rate_control_send_low call.
Reported-by: Krzysztof Mazur <krzysiek@podlesie.net>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a driver (like hwsim) uses HW queue control an
active monitor vif needs to be used for the queues,
make the code do that. Otherwise we'd bail out and
drop the frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Set the Forwarding bit in Mesh Capability Info according
to dot11MeshForwarding as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012
section 8.4.2.100.8.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is an off-by-one error in the beacon generation for the ibss mode,
falsely a rate the extended supported rates which was already added to
supported rates, messing up the beacon. This was introduced by commit
"mac80211: select and adjust bitrates according to channel mode".
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There appear to be two regressions in ibss.c when calling
ieee80211_sta_def_wmm_params():
* the second argument should be a rate length, not a rate array. This
was introduced by my commit "mac80211: select and adjust bitrates
according to channel mode"
* the third argument is not initialized (anymore), making further
checks within this function useless.
Since ieee80211_sta_def_wmm_params() is only used by ibss anyway,
remove the function entirely and handle the operating mode decision
immediately.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This was originally designed to fail when a 40+/40- mode can not be
used, but basic modes (such as 5/10/20 MHz) must be handled
with an error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Use a chandef instead of just the channel for scanning, and enable
5/10 Mhz scanning for IBSS mode. Also reporting is changed to the new
inform_bss functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Some regulations (like germany, but also FCC) express their transmission
power limit in dBm/MHz or mW/MHz. To cope with that and be on the safe
side, reduce the maximum power to half (10 MHz) or quarter (5 MHz)
when operating on these reduced bandwidth channels.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Mandatory rates for 5 and 10 MHz are different from the rates used for
20 MHz in 2.4 GHz mode, as they use OFDM only.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
The various components accessing the bitrates table must use consider
the used channel bandwidth to select only available rates or calculate
the bitrate correctly.
There are some rates in reduced bandwidth modes which can't be
represented as multiples of 500kbps, like 2.25 MBit/s in 5 MHz mode. The
standard suggests to round up to the next multiple of 500kbps, just do
that in mac80211 as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[make rate unsigned in ieee80211_add_tx_radiotap_header(), squash fix]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Wireshark already defines radiotap channel flags for 5 and 10 MHz, so
just use them in Linux radiotap too. Furthermore, add rx status flags to
allow drivers to report when they received data on 5 or 10 MHz channels.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
according to IEEE 802.11-2012 section 18, various timings change
when using 5 MHz and 10 MHz. Reflect this by using a "shift" when
calculating durations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
5 and 10 MHz support needs to know the current operating channel width,
add the chandef to the rate control API.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
When per-chain signal information is available, don't add
the antenna field once but instead add a radiotap namespace
for each chain containing the chain/antenna number and the
signal strength on that chain.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
The duplicate retransmission detection code in mac80211
erroneously attempts to do the check for every frame,
even frames that don't have a sequence control field or
that don't use it (QoS-Null frames.)
This is problematic because it causes the code to access
data beyond the end of the SKB and depending on the data
there will drop packets erroneously.
Correct the code to not do duplicate detection for such
frames.
I found this error while testing AP powersave, it lead
to retransmitted PS-Poll frames being dropped entirely
as the data beyond the end of the SKB was always zero.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [all versions]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As reported in https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=60514,
the station loop never initialises 'sinfo' and therefore adds up
a stack values, leaking stack information (the number of times it
adds values is easily obtained another way.)
Fix this by initialising the sinfo for each station to add.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
The CCK group needs special treatment to set the right flags and rate
index. Add this missing check to prevent setting broken rates for tx
packets.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"This is a re-do of the net-next pull request for the current merge
window. The only difference from the one I made the other day is that
this has Eliezer's interface renames and the timeout handling changes
made based upon your feedback, as well as a few bug fixes that have
trickeled in.
Highlights:
1) Low latency device polling, eliminating the cost of interrupt
handling and context switches. Allows direct polling of a network
device from socket operations, such as recvmsg() and poll().
Currently ixgbe, mlx4, and bnx2x support this feature.
Full high level description, performance numbers, and design in
commit 0a4db187a9 ("Merge branch 'll_poll'")
From Eliezer Tamir.
2) With the routing cache removed, ip_check_mc_rcu() gets exercised
more than ever before in the case where we have lots of multicast
addresses. Use a hash table instead of a simple linked list, from
Eric Dumazet.
3) Add driver for Atheros CQA98xx 802.11ac wireless devices, from
Bartosz Markowski, Janusz Dziedzic, Kalle Valo, Marek Kwaczynski,
Marek Puzyniak, Michal Kazior, and Sujith Manoharan.
4) Support reporting the TUN device persist flag to userspace, from
Pavel Emelyanov.
5) Allow controlling network device VF link state using netlink, from
Rony Efraim.
6) Support GRE tunneling in openvswitch, from Pravin B Shelar.
7) Adjust SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF and SOCK_MIN_SNDBUF for modern times, from
Daniel Borkmann and Eric Dumazet.
8) Allow controlling of TCP quickack behavior on a per-route basis,
from Cong Wang.
9) Several bug fixes and improvements to vxlan from Stephen
Hemminger, Pravin B Shelar, and Mike Rapoport. In particular,
support receiving on multiple UDP ports.
10) Major cleanups, particular in the area of debugging and cookie
lifetime handline, to the SCTP protocol code. From Daniel
Borkmann.
11) Allow packets to cross network namespaces when traversing tunnel
devices. From Nicolas Dichtel.
12) Allow monitoring netlink traffic via AF_PACKET sockets, in a
manner akin to how we monitor real network traffic via ptype_all.
From Daniel Borkmann.
13) Several bug fixes and improvements for the new alx device driver,
from Johannes Berg.
14) Fix scalability issues in the netem packet scheduler's time queue,
by using an rbtree. From Eric Dumazet.
15) Several bug fixes in TCP loss recovery handling, from Yuchung
Cheng.
16) Add support for GSO segmentation of MPLS packets, from Simon
Horman.
17) Make network notifiers have a real data type for the opaque
pointer that's passed into them. Use this to properly handle
network device flag changes in arp_netdev_event(). From Jiri
Pirko and Timo Teräs.
18) Convert several drivers over to module_pci_driver(), from Peter
Huewe.
19) tcp_fixup_rcvbuf() can loop 500 times over loopback, just use a
O(1) calculation instead. From Eric Dumazet.
20) Support setting of explicit tunnel peer addresses in ipv6, just
like ipv4. From Nicolas Dichtel.
21) Protect x86 BPF JIT against spraying attacks, from Eric Dumazet.
22) Prevent a single high rate flow from overruning an individual cpu
during RX packet processing via selective flow shedding. From
Willem de Bruijn.
23) Don't use spinlocks in TCP md5 signing fast paths, from Eric
Dumazet.
24) Don't just drop GSO packets which are above the TBF scheduler's
burst limit, chop them up so they are in-bounds instead. Also
from Eric Dumazet.
25) VLAN offloads are missed when configured on top of a bridge, fix
from Vlad Yasevich.
26) Support IPV6 in ping sockets. From Lorenzo Colitti.
27) Receive flow steering targets should be updated at poll() time
too, from David Majnemer.
28) Fix several corner case regressions in PMTU/redirect handling due
to the routing cache removal, from Timo Teräs.
29) We have to be mindful of ipv4 mapped ipv6 sockets in
upd_v6_push_pending_frames(). From Hannes Frederic Sowa.
30) Fix L2TP sequence number handling bugs, from James Chapman."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1214 commits)
drivers/net: caif: fix wrong rtnl_is_locked() usage
drivers/net: enic: release rtnl_lock on error-path
vhost-net: fix use-after-free in vhost_net_flush
net: mv643xx_eth: do not use port number as platform device id
net: sctp: confirm route during forward progress
virtio_net: fix race in RX VQ processing
virtio: support unlocked queue poll
net/cadence/macb: fix bug/typo in extracting gem_irq_read_clear bit
Documentation: Fix references to defunct linux-net@vger.kernel.org
net/fs: change busy poll time accounting
net: rename low latency sockets functions to busy poll
bridge: fix some kernel warning in multicast timer
sfc: Fix memory leak when discarding scattered packets
sit: fix tunnel update via netlink
dt:net:stmmac: Add dt specific phy reset callback support.
dt:net:stmmac: Add support to dwmac version 3.610 and 3.710
dt:net:stmmac: Allocate platform data only if its NULL.
net:stmmac: fix memleak in the open method
ipv6: rt6_check_neigh should successfully verify neigh if no NUD information are available
net: ipv6: fix wrong ping_v6_sendmsg return value
...
For the workqueue creation interfaces that do not expect format strings,
make sure they cannot accidently be parsed that way. Additionally, clean
up calls made with a single parameter that would be handled as a format
string. Many callers are passing potentially dynamic string content, so
use "%s" in those cases to avoid any potential accidents.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Previously the default mesh STA nonpeer power mode was
UNKNOWN (0) make the default mesh STA power mode ACTIVE,
to prevent unnecessary frame buffering while peering is
not yet complete. Fixes a panic in ath9k_htc when adding
stations from userspace, and mcast buffered frames are
later released.
Thanks to Bob Copeland for his help debugging this.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Useful for userspace mesh to authenticate and peer without
a station entry, since both steps may fail anyway.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/Kconfig
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
net/wireless/nl80211.c
The ath9k Kconfig conflict was a change of a Kconfig option name right
next to the deletion of another option.
The xen-netback conflict was overlapping changes involving the
handling of the notify list in xen_netbk_rx_action().
Batman conflict resolution provided by Antonio Quartulli, basically
keep everything in both conflict hunks.
The nl80211 conflict is a little more involved. In 'net' we added a
dynamic memory allocation to nl80211_dump_wiphy() to fix a race that
Linus reported. Meanwhile in 'net-next' the handlers were converted
to use pre and post doit handlers which use a flag to determine
whether to hold the RTNL mutex around the operation.
However, the dump handlers to not use this logic. Instead they have
to explicitly do the locking. There were apparent bugs in the
conversion of nl80211_dump_wiphy() in that we were not dropping the
RTNL mutex in all the return paths, and it seems we very much should
be doing so. So I fixed that whilst handling the overlapping changes.
To simplify the initial returns, I take the RTNL mutex after we try
to allocate 'tb'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Doing so will allow us to hold the BSS (not just ref it) over the
association process, thus ensuring that it doesn't time out and
gets invisible to the user (e.g. in 'iw wlan0 link'.)
This also fixes a leak in mac80211 where it doesn't always release
the BSS struct properly in all cases where calling this function.
This leak was reported by Ben Greear.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge mac80211 to avoid conflicts with the nl80211 attrbuf
changes.
Conflicts:
net/mac80211/iface.c
net/wireless/nl80211.c
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 6d810f1032
In this way an IBSS station will not use the AUTH messages
to trigger a state reinitialisation anymore.
The behaviour was racy and was not working properly.
It has been introduced to help wpa_supplicant to support
IBSS/RSN, however all the logic is now getting moved into
wpa_s itself which will also be in charge of handling the
AUTH messages thanks to the mgmt frame registration.
If userspace does not register for receiving AUTH frames
then mac80211 will still reply by itself.
At the same time, the auth frame registration counter can be
removed since it is not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
[remove unused variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This should make some parts cleaner and is also required for handling
5/10 MHz properly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is a collection of minor fixes:
* don't allow HT IEs in IBSS for 5/10 MHz
* don't allow HT IEs in Mesh for 5/10 MHz
* don't downgrade from/to 5 and 10 MHz channels
* don't try HT rates for 5 and 10 MHz channels when selecting rates
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of updating the mesh beacon immediately when
requested (which would require the sdata_lock()), defer it
to the mac80211 workqueue.
Fixes yet another deadlock on calling sta_info_flush()
with the sdata_lock() held from ieee80211_stop_mesh(). We
could just drop the sdata_lock() around the
mesh_sta_cleanup() call, but this path is also taken from
several non-locked error paths.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[fix comment position]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Track the AP's beacon rate in the scan BSS data and in the
interface configuration to let the drivers know which rate
the AP is using. This information may be used by drivers,
in our case to let the firmware optimise beacon RX.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All accesses of the tid_start_tx lock should be protected
by sta->lock if there is any chance that another thread
could still be accessing the sta object.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Ben reports that kmemleak is saying TX aggregation TID
structs are leaked. Given his workload, I suspect that
they're leaked because stations are destroyed before
their aggregation sessions get a chance to start. Fix
this by simply freeing structs that are not used yet.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The order of parameters was mixed up, introduced in commit
"mac80211: improve the rate control API"
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a CAC is running and stop_ap is called (e.g. when hostapd is killed
while performing CAC), the CAC must be aborted immediately.
Otherwise ieee80211_stop_ap() will try to stop it when it's too late -
wdev->channel is already NULL and the abort event can not be generated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are some APs, notably 2G/3G/4G Wifi routers, specifically the
"Onda PN51T", "Vodafone PocketWiFi 2", "ZTE MF60" and a similar
T-Mobile branded device [1] that erroneously don't include all the
needed information in (re)association response frames. Work around
this by assuming the information is the same as it was in the
beacon or probe response and using the data from there instead.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=58881.
[1] https://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?pid=1277305
Note that this requires marking the first ieee802_11_parse_elems()
argument const, otherwise we'd get a compiler warning.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-and-tested-by: Michal Zajac <manwe@manwe.pl>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211 passes a NULL channel to mgmt_tx if the frame has
to be sent on the one currently in use by the device.
Make the implementation of mgmt_tx correctly handle this
case. Fail if offchan is required.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
[fix RCU locking]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently mesh uses mandatory rates as the default basic rates. Allow basic
rates to be configured during mesh join. Basic rates are applied only if
channel is also provided with mesh join command.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
[some whitespace fixes, refuse basic rates w/o channel]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The time it takes to see the peer link expire may differ
by a minute since sta_expire() is run once a minute as a
mesh housekeeping task.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "cfg80211/mac80211: use cfg80211 wdev mutex in
mac80211" introduced several deadlocks by converting the
ifmsh->mtx to wdev->mtx. Solve these by:
1. drop the cancel_work_sync() in ieee80211_stop_mesh().
Instead make the mesh work conditional on whether the mesh
is running or not.
2. lock the mesh work with sdata_lock() to protect beacon
updates and prevent races with wdev->mesh_id_len or
cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge 'net' bug fixes into 'net-next' as we have patches
that will build on top of them.
This merge commit includes a change from Emil Goode
(emilgoode@gmail.com) that fixes a warning that would
have been introduced by this merge. Specifically it
fixes the pingv6_ops method ipv6_chk_addr() to add a
"const" to the "struct net_device *dev" argument and
likewise update the dummy_ipv6_chk_addr() declaration.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently beacon availability upon association is marked by have_beacon
flag of assoc_data structure that becomes unavailable when association
completes. However beacon availability indication is required also after
association to inform a driver. Currently dtim_period parameter is used
for this purpose. Move have_beacon flag to another structure, persistant
throughout a interface's life cycle. Use suitable sematics for beacon
availability indication.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
[fix another instance of BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD in docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_rx_bss_info() deals with dtim_period setting and PS update
when associated. Move all these to another locations cleaning this
function. Also, the current implementation is buggy because when it
calls ieee80211_recalc_ps() bss_conf->dtim_period is notset properly
yet and thus nothing will happen.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do some cleanups in the cfg80211 SME APIs, which are
only used by mac80211.
Most of these functions get a frame passed, and there
isn't really any reason to export multiple functions
as cfg80211 can check the frame type instead, do that.
Additionally, the API functions have confusing names
like cfg80211_send_...() which was meant to indicate
that it sends an event to userspace, but gets a bit
confusing when there's both TX and RX and they're not
all clearly labeled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The connection monitor needs to know the tx status of
nullframes to work properly.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to take up the space for devices that don't
support WoWLAN, and most drivers can even make the support
data static const (except where it's modified at runtime.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cap max peerings at 63 in accordance with IEEE-2012 8.4.2.100.7.
Triggers a beacon regeneration every time the number of peerings changes.
Previously this would only happen if the "accepting peerings" bit changed.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Minshall <jacob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
nl80211 has already verified the mesh TTL on setting the
mesh config, so no need to check it again in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My cfg80211/mac80211 locking unification broke the sdata
locking in ieee80211_set_power_mgmt, it needs to acquire
the lock for __ieee80211_request_smps(). Add the locking.
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver advertised support for a CAB queue, then we
should put all multicast frames there, otherwise sending
them can be racy with clients going to sleep while we TX
a frame. To avoid this, always TX multicast frames on the
multicast queue.
It seems like even drivers not using the queue framework
might want to do this which would mean also moving the
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM flag assignment, but it
also seems that drivers behave differently here so that
just moving it wouldn't be a good idea. It'd be better to
modify those drivers to use the queue framework.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support them only if the driver advertises support for them via
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ACTIVE_MONITOR. Unlike normal monitor interfaces,
they are added to the driver, along with their MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
So far, only net_device * could be passed along with netdevice notifier
event. This patch provides a possibility to pass custom structure
able to provide info that event listener needs to know.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
v2->v3: fix typo on simeth
shortened dev_getter
shortened notifier_info struct name
v1->v2: fix notifier_call parameter in call_netdevice_notifier()
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When changing the MAC address of a single vif mac80211 will check if
the new address fits into the address mask specified by the driver.
This only needs to be done when using multiple BSSIDs. Hence, check
the new address only against all other vifs.
Also fix the MAC address assignment on new interfaces if the user
changed the address of a vif such that perm_addr is not covered by
addr_mask anymore.
Resolves:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=57371
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Reported-by: Alessandro Lannocca <alessandro.lannocca@gmail.com>
Cc: Alessandro Lannocca <alessandro.lannocca@gmail.com>
Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@thinktube.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since Eric's commit efe117ab8 ("Speedup ieee80211_remove_interfaces")
there's a bug in mac80211 when it unregisters with AP_VLAN interfaces
up. If the AP_VLAN interface was registered after the AP it belongs
to (which is the typical case) and then we get into this code path,
unregister_netdevice_many() will crash because it isn't prepared to
deal with interfaces being closed in the middle of it. Exactly this
happens though, because we iterate the list, find the AP master this
AP_VLAN belongs to and dev_close() the dependent VLANs. After this,
unregister_netdevice_many() won't pick up the fact that the AP_VLAN
is already down and will do it again, causing a crash.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [2.6.33+]
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A lot of code in mac80211 assumes that the hw queues are
set up correctly for all interfaces (except for monitor)
but this isn't true for AP_VLAN interfaces. Fix this by
copying the AP master configuration when an AP VLAN is
brought up, after this the AP interface can't change its
configuration any more and needs to be brought down to
change it, which also forces AP_VLAN interfaces down, so
just copying in open() is sufficient.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using separate locks in cfg80211 and mac80211 has always
caused issues, for example having to unlock in places in
mac80211 to call cfg80211, which even needed a framework
to make cfg80211 calls after some functions returned etc.
Additionally, I suspect some issues people have reported
with the cfg80211 state getting confused could be due to
such issues, when cfg80211 is asking mac80211 to change
state but mac80211 is in the process of telling cfg80211
that the state changed (in another way.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As estab_plinks is not a statistics member, don't show its debug information
along with other mesh stat members
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some chips can tell us if received frame was
encoded with STBC or not. To make this information available
in user space we can use updated radiotap specification:
http://www.radiotap.org/defined-fields/MCS
This patch will set number of STBC encoded spatial streams (Nss).
The HAVE_STBC flag should be provided by driver.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since Eric's commit efe117ab8 ("Speedup ieee80211_remove_interfaces")
there's a bug in mac80211 when it unregisters with AP_VLAN interfaces
up. If the AP_VLAN interface was registered after the AP it belongs
to (which is the typical case) and then we get into this code path,
unregister_netdevice_many() will crash because it isn't prepared to
deal with interfaces being closed in the middle of it. Exactly this
happens though, because we iterate the list, find the AP master this
AP_VLAN belongs to and dev_close() the dependent VLANs. After this,
unregister_netdevice_many() won't pick up the fact that the AP_VLAN
is already down and will do it again, causing a crash.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [2.6.33+]
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A lot of code in mac80211 assumes that the hw queues are
set up correctly for all interfaces (except for monitor)
but this isn't true for AP_VLAN interfaces. Fix this by
copying the AP master configuration when an AP VLAN is
brought up, after this the AP interface can't change its
configuration any more and needs to be brought down to
change it, which also forces AP_VLAN interfaces down, so
just copying in open() is sufficient.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code I added in "mac80211: don't start new netdev queues
if driver stopped" crashes for monitor and AP VLAN interfaces
because while they have a netdev, they don't have queues set
up by the driver.
To fix the crash, exclude these from queue accounting here
and just start their netdev queues unconditionally.
For monitor, this is the best we can do, as we can redirect
frames there to any other interface and don't know which one
that will since it can be different for each frame.
For AP VLAN interfaces, we can do better later and actually
properly track the queue status. Not doing this is really a
separate bug though.
Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We send direct probe to broadcast address, as some APs do not respond to
unicast PROBE frames when unassociated. Broadcast frames are not acked,
so we can not use that for trigger MLME state machine, but we need to
use old timeout mechanism.
This fixes authentication timed out like below:
[ 1024.671974] wlan6: authenticate with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe
[ 1024.694125] wlan6: direct probe to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 1/3)
[ 1024.695450] wlan6: direct probe to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 2/3)
[ 1024.700586] wlan6: send auth to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 3/3)
[ 1024.701441] wlan6: authentication with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe timed out
With fix, we have:
[ 4524.198978] wlan6: authenticate with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe
[ 4524.220692] wlan6: direct probe to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 1/3)
[ 4524.421784] wlan6: send auth to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 2/3)
[ 4524.423272] wlan6: authenticated
[ 4524.423811] wlan6: associate with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 1/3)
[ 4524.427492] wlan6: RX AssocResp from 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (capab=0x431 status=0 aid=1)
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.9
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Generally, the DTIM period is available after a beacon has
been received, and if no beacon has been received enabling
powersave is problematic anyway for synchronisation. Since
some drivers may require the DTIM period for powersave,
don't enable powersave until it becomes available in case
the scan/association managed to not receive a beacon.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously the mesh_auth_id was disabled. Instead set the
correct mesh authentication bit based on the mesh setup.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no real difference between *array and array, but
the former confuses smatch so write it differently. The
generated code is exactly the same.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211 and the Intel drivers all define crypto
constants, move them to ieee80211.h instead.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an HT AP is advertising channel switch in a beacon, it
doesn't (and shouldn't, according to 802.11-2012 Table 8-20)
include a secondary channel offset element. The only possible
interpretation is that the previous secondary channel offset
remains valid, so use that when switching channel based only
on beacon information.
VHT requires the Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch subelement to
be present in the Channel Switch Wrapper element, so the code
for that is probably ok (see 802.11ac Draft 4, 8.4.2.165.)
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even if the frame isn't transmitted to the AP, we need to
report it to cfg80211 so the state there can be updated
correctly.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In AP mode, ignore frames with mis-matched BSSID that aren't
multicast or sent to the correct destination. This fixes
reporting public action frames to userspace multiple times
on multiple virtual AP interfaces.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k() may be called with interrupts
disabled, so spin_unlock_bh() isn't safe and leads to
warnings. Since it's always called with BHs disabled
already, just use spin_lock().
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Milan Kocian <milon@wq.cz>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Document rx vs tx status concurrency requirements.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an HT AP is advertising channel switch in a beacon, it
doesn't (and shouldn't, according to 802.11-2012 Table 8-20)
include a secondary channel offset element. The only possible
interpretation is that the previous secondary channel offset
remains valid, so use that when switching channel based only
on beacon information.
VHT requires the Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch subelement to
be present in the Channel Switch Wrapper element, so the code
for that is probably ok (see 802.11ac Draft 4, 8.4.2.165.)
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since commit 12e7f51702,
IEEE80211_SDATA_DISCONNECT_RESUME no longer worked as
it would simply never be tested. Restore a bit of the
code removed there and in 9b7d72c104
to make it work again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/mac80211_if.c
include/net/scm.h
net/batman-adv/routing.c
net/ipv4/tcp_input.c
The e{uid,gid} --> {uid,gid} credentials fix conflicted with the
cleanup in net-next to now pass cred structs around.
The be2net driver had a bug fix in 'net' that overlapped with the VLAN
interface changes by Patrick McHardy in net-next.
An IGB conflict existed because in 'net' the build_skb() support was
reverted, and in 'net-next' there was a comment style fix within that
code.
Several batman-adv conflicts were resolved by making sure that all
calls to batadv_is_my_mac() are changed to have a new bat_priv first
argument.
Eric Dumazet's TS ECR fix in TCP in 'net' conflicted with the F-RTO
rewrite in 'net-next', mostly overlapping changes.
Thanks to Stephen Rothwell and Antonio Quartulli for help with several
of these merge resolutions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the rate selection table to mac80211 from minstrel_update_stats.
Only rates for sample attempts are set in info->control.rates, with deferred
sampling, only the second slot gets changed.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pass the rate selection table to mac80211 from minstrel_ht_update_stats.
Only rates for sample attempts are set in info->control.rates.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211
and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate
selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows
rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a
step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi.
When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not
fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve
explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then
explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from
info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Initialize {mp,mi}->{max_tp_rate,max_tp_rate2,max_prob_rate} in
minstrel_ht's rate_init and rate_update.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
minstrel_ht initializes max_tp_rate max_tp_rate2 and max_prob_rate to
zero both for minstrel_ht_sta and minstrel_mcs_group_data.
This is wrong since there is no guarantee that the 1st rate of any
group is supported.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The RCU docs used to state that rcu_barrier() included a wait
for an RCU grace period; however the comments for rcu_barrier()
as of commit f0a0e6f... "rcu: Clarify memory-ordering properties
of grace-period primitives" contradict this.
So add back synchronize_{rcu,net}() to where they once were,
but keep the rcu_barrier()s for the call_rcu() callbacks.
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some driver implementations need to know whether mandatory
admission control is required by the AP for some ACs. Add
a parameter to the TX queue parameters indicating this.
As there's currently no support for admission control in
mac80211's AP implementation, it's only ever set for the
client implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's an issue in receiving broadcast management frames
on P2P Device virtual interfaces, such frames have the RX
flag IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH cleared and are thus dropped
in ieee80211_rx_h_mgmt_check(). They should be let through
to make it to ieee80211_rx_h_userspace_mgmt() and then to
userspace.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use powers of two in ewma of minstrel.
This changes :
- EWMA_DIV from 100 to 2^7
- EWMA_LEVEL from 75 (/EWMA_DIV=100) to 2^6 + 2^5 (/EWMA_DIV=128)
Note that this changes EWMA_DIV - EWMA_LEVEL from 25 to 2^5 and keeps
EWMA_LEVEL / EWMA_DIV == 0.75.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since Stanislaw's patches, when suspending while connected,
cfg80211 will disconnect. This causes the AP station to be
removed, which uses call_rcu() to clean up. Due to needing
process context, this queues a work struct on the mac80211
workqueue. This will warn and fail when already suspended,
which can happen if the rcu call doesn't happen quickly.
To fix this, replace the synchronize_net() which is really
just synchronize_rcu_expedited() with rcu_barrier(), which
unlike synchronize_rcu() waits until RCU callback have run
and thus avoids this issue.
In theory, this can even happen without Stanislaw's change
to disconnect on suspend since userspace might disconnect
just before suspending, though then it's unlikely that the
call_rcu() will be delayed long enough.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.7+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The rates[0] CTS and RTS flags are only set after rate control has been
called, so minstrel cannot use them to for setting the number of
retries. This patch adds two new flags to explicitly indicate RTS/CTS use.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the code always copies the configured MCS mask (even if it is
set to default), but only uses it if legacy rates were also masked out.
Fix this by adding a flag that tracks whether the configured MCS mask is
set to default or not.
Optimize the code further by storing a pointer to the configured rate
mask in txrc instead of using memcpy.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I noticed that monitor interfaces by default would start on 5GHz
while STA/AP ones would start 2GHZ - It stems from the fact that
ieee80211_register_hw unnecessarily adjusts the local->monitor_chandef
for each band.
This avoids this and while at it uses a single dflt_chandef to initialize
in one go local->{hw.conf.chandef,_oper_chandef,monitor_chandef}
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Handle VHT rates like HT ones, otherwise we easily trigger the pre-HT
rates WARN_ON(rc_rate->idx >= sband->n_bitrates) which will set
rc_rate->idx to -1.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 assumes that connection monitor offload
for BSS station implies that the device:
- sends periodic keep alive packets to associated AP
- monitors missed beacons
- actively probes the AP in case of missed beacons
In case of poor connection conditions it expects the function
ieee80211_connection_loss() to be called by driver. However,
some devices implement connection monitor offload excluding
active AP probing.
To allow them to call ieee80211_beacon_loss() cleanly, remove
the warning there and thus allow them to use mac80211 for the
AP probing even if connection monitor offload is supported.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Parse and react to the wide bandwidth channel switch element
in beacons/action frames. Finding the element was done in a
previous patch (it has different positions in beacons/action
frames), now handle it. If there's something wrong with it
simply disconnect.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
VHT introduces multiple IEs that need to be parsed for a
wide bandwidth channel switch. Two are (currently) needed
in mac80211:
* wide bandwidth channel switch element
* channel switch wrapper element
The former is contained in the latter for beacons and probe
responses, but not for the spectrum management action frames
so the IE parser needs a new argument to differentiate them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Handle the (public) extended channel switch announcement
action frames. Parts of the data in these frames isn't
really in IEs, but put it into the elems struct anyway
to simplify the handling.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for the secondary channel offset IE in channel
switch announcements. This is necessary for proper handling
of CSA on HT access points.
For this to work it is also necessary to convert everything
here to use chandef structs instead of just channels. The
driver updates aren't really correct though. In particular,
the TI wl18xx driver update can't possibly be right since
it just ignores the new channel width for lack of firmware
API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support extended channel switch when the operating
class is one of the global operating classes as
defined in Annex E of 802.11-2012. If it isn't,
disconnect from the AP instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CSA action frame content should be processed as variable IEs
rather than fixed to make it extensible. Unify the code and
process them just like CSA in beacons to make it easier to
extend for HT/VHT.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The field is otherwise reserved, so we shouldn't read
and reject it, though any sane system will probably
have to set it to 0 anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the 1st rate control entry is a pre-HT rate we want to set
rts_cts_rate_idx "as the fastest basic rate that is not faster than the
data rate"(code comments).
But in case some bss allowed rate indexes are lower than the lowest bss
basic rate, if the rate control selects a rate among the formers for its
1st rate control entry, rts_cts_rate_idx remains 0 and is not a basic
rate index.
This commit sets rts_cts_rate_idx to the lowest bss basic rate index in
this situation.
Note that the code assumes that lowest indexes == lowest bitrates.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Johannes Berg notes mac80211 drivers which use
ieee80211_queue_stopped() really only want to know if they
previously requested a queue stop.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If authentication (or association with FT) is requested by
userspace, mac80211 currently doesn't tell cfg80211 that it
disconnected from the AP. That leaves inconsistent state:
cfg80211 thinks it's connected while mac80211 thinks it's
not. Typically this won't last long, as soon as mac80211
reports the new association to cfg80211 the old one goes
away. If, however, the new authentication or association
doesn't succeed, then cfg80211 will forever think the old
one still exists and will refuse attempts to authenticate
or associate with the AP it thinks it's connected to.
Anders reported that this leads to it taking a very long
time to reconnect to a network, or never even succeeding.
I tested this with an AP hacked to never respond to auth
frames, and one that works, and with just those two the
system never recovers because one won't work and cfg80211
thinks it's connected to the other so refuses connections
to it.
To fix this, simply make mac80211 tell cfg80211 when it is
no longer connected to the old AP, while authenticating or
associating to a new one.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Anders Kaseorg <andersk@mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers need SSID in AP and IBSS mode. AP SSID is provided
through BSS_CHANGED_SSID notification. There was no easy way to
do the same for IBSS. In IBSS mode SSID is known but was not
stored in BSS configuration. Extend the AP-mode functionality
to also work in IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Advertise STBC capabilities and MCS rates even if the AP
doesn't support them. This has always been the right thing
to do, but used to be problematic with some APs. Now WFA
testing requires this so re-enable it, problematic APs
would then presumably not pass the test and be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When AP interface is stopped ssid_len in the BSS configuration
isn't cleared which can confuse drivers when switching modes.
Set the length to zero when stopping the AP interface.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
local->hw.conf maybe not be synced when recalcing whether radar is
enabled, sometimes leaving radar enabled even if it's not neccesary
anymore.
Fix this by:
* setting radar_enabled when creating the chanctx
* turning radar_enabled off before destroying the last channel context
Reported-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "mac80211: stringify mesh peering events" missed
an opportunity to print the peering state as a string.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Otherwise forwarded frames would keep the retry bit set
from the previous link transmission.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
feng xiangjun reports that my
commit 382a103b2b
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Fri Mar 22 22:30:09 2013 +0100
mac80211: fix idle handling sequence
broke the wireless status LED. The reason is that
we now call ieee80211_idle_off() when the channel
context is assigned, and that doesn't recalculate
the LED state. Fix this by making that function a
wrapper around most of idle recalculation while
forcing active.
Reported-by: feng xiangjun <fengxj325@gmail.com>
Tested-by: feng xiangjun <fengxj325@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a new netdev (e.g. an AP VLAN) is created while the driver
has queues stopped, the new netdev queues will be started even
though they shouldn't. This will lead to frames accumulating
on the internal mac80211 pending queues instead of properly
being held on the netdev queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Given the (nested) switch statements, this code can't
be reached, so make it warn instead of manipulating
the carrier state which seems purposeful.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The netdev queues should always represent the state that
the driver gave them, so fiddling with them isn't really
appropriate in the mlme code. Also, since we stop queues
for flushing now, this really isn't necessary any more.
As the scan/offchannel code has also been modified to no
longer do this a while ago, remove the outdated smp_mb()
and comments about it.
While at it, also add a pair of braces that was missing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's unlikely that an AP requires WMM mandatory admission control
for all access categories, and if it does then we still transmit
on the background AC without requesting admission. However, avoid
using uAPSD in this case since the implementation could run into
issues and might use other ACs etc.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a device is unplugged while suspended, mac80211 is
de-initialized and all interfaces are removed while no
state is actually present in the driver. This can cause
warnings and driver confusion.
Fix this by reordering the do_stop code to not call the
driver when it is suspended, i.e. when there's no state
in the driver anyway.
The previous patches removed a few corner cases in ROC
and virtual monitor interfaces so that now this is safe
to do and no state should be left over.
Reported-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It has to be removed from the driver, but completely
destroying it helps handle unplug of a device during
suspend since then the channel context handling etc.
doesn't have to happen later when it's removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
They can't really be executed while suspended and could
trigger work warnings, so abort all ROC items. When the
system resumes the notifications about this will be
delivered to userspace which can then act accordingly
(though it will assume they were canceled/finished.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code now explicitly calls ieee80211_configure_filter()
anyway, so nothing needs to be explained.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Most times that mesh_path_add() is called, it is followed by
a lookup to get the just-added mpath. We can instead just
return the new mpath in the case that we allocated one (or the
existing one if already there), so do that. Also, reorder the
code in mesh_path_add a bit so that we don't need to allocate
in the pre-existing case.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh hwmp debug message is a bit confusing. The "sending PREP
to %p" should be the MAC address of mesh STA that has originated
the PREQ message and the "received PREP from %pM" should be the MAC
address of the mesh STA that has originated the PREP message.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of open-coding the accesses and length check do
the length check in the IE parser and assign a struct
pointer for use in the remaining code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's always just one byte, so check for that and
remove the length field from the parser struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's always just one byte, so check for that and
remove the length field from the parser struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The master interface no longer exists ... and hasn't for
a few years now, so remove this reference :-)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I don't think we should send the events unless it was actually
a beacon that was lost...not just any probe of an AP.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Beacon-timeout and number of beacon loss events.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is possible since the global hw config and local switched to
cfg80211_chan_def.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/nfc/microread/mei.c
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue_core.c
Pull in 'net' to get Eric Biederman's AF_UNIX fix, upon which
some cleanups are going to go on-top.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/mac80211/sta_info.c
net/wireless/core.h
Two minor conflicts in wireless. Overlapping additions of extern
declarations in net/wireless/core.h and a bug fix overlapping with
the addition of a boolean parameter to __ieee80211_key_free().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new constant ETH_P_802_3_MIN, the minimum ethernet type for
an 802.3 frame. Frames with a lower value in the ethernet type field
are Ethernet II.
Also update all the users of this value that David Miller and
I could find to use the new constant.
Also correct a bug in util.c. The comparison with ETH_P_802_3_MIN
should be >= not >.
As suggested by Jesse Gross.
Compile tested only.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Cc: Karsten Keil <isdn@linux-pingi.de>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Bart De Schuymer <bart.de.schuymer@pandora.be>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: bridge@lists.linux-foundation.org
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: dev@openvswitch.org
Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because
they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel,
nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
[fix kernel-doc]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Corey Richardson reported that my idle handling cleanup
(commit fd0f979a1b, "mac80211: simplify idle handling")
broke ath9k_htc. The reason appears to be that it wants
to go out of idle before switching channels. To fix it,
reimplement that sequence.
Reported-by: Corey Richardson <corey@octayn.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211 currently sets uAPSD parameters to have VO AC trigger-
and delivery-enabled, with maximum service period length.
Allow drivers to change these default settings since different
uAPSD client implementations may handle errors differently and
be able to recover from some errors.
Note: some APs may not function correctly if one or all ACs are
trigger- and delivery-enabled, see
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/93577.
We retested with this AP and later firmware doesn't have this
bug any more.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of having an SKB all the time, use a beacon_data struct
with just the information required. This also allows removing a
synchronize_rcu() and using kfree_rcu() instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we don't disable beaconing, the driver might attempt
to continue, but would fail to request a beacon. That's
strange, so disable beaconing first.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a ROC item is canceled just as it expires, the work
struct may be scheduled while it is running (and waiting
for the mutex). This results in it being run after being
freed, which obviously crashes.
To fix this don't free it when aborting is requested but
instead mark it as "to be freed", which makes the work a
no-op and allows freeing it outside.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.6+]
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Tested-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I found another crash when deleting lots of virtual stations
in a congested environment. I think the problem is that
the ieee80211_mlme_notify_scan_completed could call
ieee80211_restart_sta_timer for a stopped interface
that was about to be deleted.
With the following patch I am unable to reproduce the
crash.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[move check, also make the same change in mesh]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add P2P NoA settings for STA mode.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[fix docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr structure during
P2P_PS (oppps) detection.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On loaded systems with lots of VIFs, I see lots of beacon
timeouts, even though the connection to the AP is very
good. Allow tuning the beacon-loss-count variable to
give the system longer to process beacons if the user
prefers.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[add the number of beacons to the message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The virtual monitor interface has a locking issue, it calls
into the channel context code with the iflist mutex held
which isn't allowed since it is usually acquired the other
way around. The mutex is still required for the interface
iteration, but need not be held across the channel calls.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For the sake of speed of calculation and number accuracy,
mac80211 tracks the RSSI in dBm * 16. But it forgot to
divide back by 16 when the RSSI is asked by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes queues are flushed in the middle of
operation, which can lead to driver issues.
Stop queues temporarily, while flushing, to
avoid transmitting new packets while they are
being flushed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only
really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface,
and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on
other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue
bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
max_tp_rate2 and max_prob_rate tend to get used occasionally during
retransmission, which is more useful for the statistics than probing
with individual probe packets.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Slow rates that have >95% success probability do not need to be
monitored continuously. When the channel conditions change rapidly, the
slow sampling results are useless anyway. When conditions change slowly,
they will be monitored by gradual downgrading of the actively used
rates. This patch slightly improves throughput under good conditions.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Under load, otherwise stable rates can easily fluctuate because of
collisions. In my tests on a clean channel, the success probability of
the max throughput rate often stays somewhere between 90% and 100% under
load. This can cause some unnecessary switching to lower rates.
This patch improves stability by treating success probability values
between 90% and 100% the same.
In my tests on a 3x3 HT20 link with lots of TCP traffic, it improves the
average throughput by a few mbit/s.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This basically reverts commit b207cdb07f.
Now is possible to use drv_{add,remove}_interface() and vif->debugfs_dir
to create/remove per interface debugfs files. Remove redundant
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is need create driver own per interface debugfs files. This is
currently done by drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() callbacks. But it
is possible that after we remove interface from the driver (i.e.
on suspend) we call drv_remove_interface_debugfs() function. Fixing this
problem will require to add call drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs()
anytime we create and remove interface in mac80211. So it's better to
add debugfs dir dentry to vif structure to allow to create/remove
custom debugfs driver files on drv_{add,remove}_interface().
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices have multicast filter capability for each individual
virtual interface rather than just a global one. Add an interface
specific driver callback allowing such drivers to configure this.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of calling synchronize_net() for every key
on an interface or when a station is removed, do it
only once for all keys in both of these cases.
As a side-effect, removing station keys now always
calls synchronize_net() even if there are no keys,
which fixes an issue with station removal happening
in the driver while the station could still be used
for TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a key is allocated but not really added, there's no
need to go through the entire teardown process. Also, if
adding a key fails, ieee80211_key_link() can take care of
freeing it instead of the (only) caller.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a P2P Device interface receives an unhandled action
frame, we attempt to return it. This crashes because it
doesn't have a channel context. Fix the crash by using
status->band and properly mark the return frame as an
off-channel frame.
Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is possible that sta_info_recalc_tim() is called consecutively
without changing the station's tim bit. In such cases there is no
need to call the driver's set_tim() callback.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but
drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function.
Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface,
use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe
version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe()
version, remove that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the TX bytes/packets counters race-free by keeping
them per AC so concurrent TX on queues can't cause lost
or wrong updates. This works since each station belongs
to a single interface. While at it also make the bytes
counters 64-bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there are keys left during station removal, then a
synchronize_net() will be done (for each key, I have a
patch to address this for 3.10), otherwise it won't be
done at all which causes issues because the station
could be used for TX while it's being removed from the
driver -- that might confuse the driver.
Fix this by always doing synchronize_net() if no key
was present any more.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is a corner case which wasn't being covered:
userspace may authenticate and allocate stations,
but still leave the peering up to the kernel.
Initialize the peering timer if the MPM is not in
userspace, in a path which is taken by both the kernel and
userspace when allocating stations.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Earlier mac80211 would check whether some kind of mesh
security was enabled, when the real question was "is the
MPM in userspace"?
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh station types used to refer to whether the
station was secure or nonsecure. Really the salient
information is whether it is managed by the kernel or
userspace
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch improves the way minstrel sorts rates according to throughput
and success probability. 3 FOR-loops across the entire rate set in function
minstrel_update_stats() which where used to determine the fastest, second
fastest and most robust rate are reduced to 1 FOR-loop.
The sorted list of rates according throughput is extended to the best four
rates as we need them in upcoming joint rate and power control. The sorting
is done via the new function minstrel_sort_best_tp_rates().
The most robust rate selection is aligned with minstrel_ht's approach.
Once any success probability is above 95% the one with the highest
throughput is chosen as most robust rate. If success probabilities of all
rates are below 95%, the rate with the highest succ. prob. is elected as
most robust one
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Based on minstrel_ht this patch treats success probabilities below 10% as
implausible values for throughput calculation in minstrel's statistics.
Current throughput per rate with such a low success probability is reset
to 0 MBit/s.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While minstrel bootstraps and fills the success probabilities of each
rate the lowest rate has typically a very high success probability
(often 100% in our tests).
Its statistics are never updated but considered to setup the mrr chain.
In our tests we see that especially the 3rd mrr stage (which is that
rate providing highest success probability) is filled with the lowest rate
because its initial high sucess probability is never updated. By design
the 4th mrr stage is filled with the lowest rate so often 3rd and 4th
mrr stage are equal.
This patch follows minstrels general approach of assuming as little
as possible about rate dependencies. Consequently we include the
lowest rate into the random sampling table to get balanced up-to-date
statistics of all rates and therefore balanced decisions.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Minstrel's decision which rate should be directly sampled within the
1st mrr stage is limited to such rates faster than the current max
throughput rate. All rates below the current max. throughput rate
are indirectly sampled via the 2nd mrr stage.
This approach leads to deprecated per rate statistics and therfore
a deprecated mrr chain setup.
This patch uses the sampling approach from minstrel_ht. A counter is
added to sum all indirect sample attempts per rate. After 20 indirect
sampling attempts the rate is directly sampled within the 1st mrr stage.
Therefore more up-to-date statistics for all rates are maintained and
used to setup the mrr chain.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add documentation and more verbose variable names to minstrel's
multi-rate-retry setup within function minstrel_get_rate() to
increase the readability of the algorithm.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both minstrel versions use individual ways to scale up integer values
to perform calculations. Merge minstrel_ht's scaling macros into
minstrels header file and use them in both minstrel versions.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both rate control algorithms (minstrel and minstrel_ht) calculate
averages based on EWMA. Shift function minstrel_ewma() into
rc80211_minstrel.h and make use of it in both minstrel version.
Also shift the default EWMA level (75%) definition to the header file
and clean up variable usage.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The last minstrel_ht changes increased the sampling frequency for
potentially useful rates to decrease the response time to rate
fluctuations. This caused an increase in sampling frequency that can
slightly reduce throughput, so this patch limits the sampling attempts
to one per rate instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement restricting peer VHT capabilities to the device's own
capabilities. This is useful when a single driver supports more
than one device and the devices have different capabilities
(often they will differ in the number of spatial streams), but
in particular is also necessary for VHT capability overrides to
work correctly -- otherwise it'd be possible to e.g. advertise,
due to overrides, that TX-STBC is not supported, but then still
use it to TX to the AP because it supports RX-STBC.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
HT capabilites are asymmetric -- e.g. beamforming is both an
RX and TX capability. If, for example, we support RX but not
TX, the RX capability of the AP station is masked out (if it
supports it). This works correctly if it's really the driver
capability.
If, on the other hand, the reason for not supporting TX BF
is that it was removed by HT capability overrides then the
wrong thing happens: the AP's TX capability will be removed
rather than its RX capability, because the override function
works on own capabilities, not remote ones, and doesn't take
the asymmetry into account.
To fix this make a copy of our own capabilities, apply the
overrides to them (where needed) and then use that to set up
the peer's capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The HT overrides are intended only for the connection
to the AP, not for any other purpose. Therefore, don't
apply them to TDLS peers that are also stations added
to a managed station interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For AP interfaces, there's no need to flush stations
or keys again when the interface is stopped as already
happened when the BSS was stopped on the interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since hostapd will remove keys this isn't usually
an issue, but we shouldn't leak keys to the next
BSS started on the same interface. For VLANs this
also fixes a bug, keys that aren't removed would
otherwise be leaked.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During roaming, the crypto_tx_tailroom_needed_cnt counter
will often take values 2,1,0,1,2 because first keys are
removed and then new keys are added. This is inefficient
because during the 0->1 transition, synchronize_net must
be called to avoid packet races, although typically no
packets would be flowing during that time.
To avoid that, defer the decrement (2->1, 1->0) when keys
are removed (by half a second). This means the counter
will really have the values 2,2,2,3,4 ... 2, thus never
reaching 0 and having to do the 0->1 transition.
Note that this patch entirely disregards the drivers for
which this optimisation was done to start with, for them
the key removal itself will be expensive because it has
to synchronize_net() after the counter is incremented to
remove the key from HW crypto. For them the sequence will
look like this: 0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1,0 (*) which is clearly a
lot more inefficient. This could be addressed separately,
during key removal the 0->1->0 sequence isn't necessary.
(*) it starts at 0 because HW crypto is on, then goes to
1 when HW crypto is disabled for a key, then back to
0 because the key is deleted; this happens for both
keys in the example. When new keys are added, it goes
to 1 first because they're added in software; when a
key is moved to hardware it goes back to 0
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no driver using this flag, so it seems
that all drivers support HW crypto with WMM or
don't support it at all. Remove the flag and
code setting it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove not used any longer suspend/resume code.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove not used any longer suspend/resume code.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove not used any longer suspend/resume code.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since now we disconnect before suspend, various code which save
connection state can now be removed from suspend and resume
procedure. Cleanup on resume side is smaller as ieee80211_reconfig()
is also used for H/W restart.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If possible that after suspend, cfg80211 will receive request to
disconnect what require action on interface that was removed during
suspend.
Problem can manifest itself by various warnings similar to below one:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/driver-ops.h:12 ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x2f9/0x300 [mac80211]()
wlan0: Failed check-sdata-in-driver check, flags: 0x4
Call Trace:
[<c043e0b3>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x33/0x40
[<f83707c9>] ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x2f9/0x300 [mac80211]
[<f83a660a>] ieee80211_recalc_ps_vif+0x2a/0x30 [mac80211]
[<f83a6706>] ieee80211_set_disassoc+0xf6/0x500 [mac80211]
[<f83a9441>] ieee80211_mgd_deauth+0x1f1/0x280 [mac80211]
[<f8381b36>] ieee80211_deauth+0x16/0x20 [mac80211]
[<f8261e70>] cfg80211_mlme_down+0x70/0xc0 [cfg80211]
[<f8264de1>] __cfg80211_disconnect+0x1b1/0x1d0 [cfg80211]
To fix the problem disconnect from any associated network before
suspend. User space is responsible to establish connection again
after resume. This basically need to be done by user space anyway,
because associated stations can go away during suspend (for example
NetworkManager disconnects on suspend and connect on resume by default).
Patch also handle situation when driver refuse to suspend with wowlan
configured and try to suspend again without it.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since two years no mac80211 driver implement support for NAPI. Looks
this feature is unneeded, so remove it from generic mac80211 code.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A sample attempt should only count in mi->sample_tries if the sample
attempt wasn't skipped based on slower rate criteria.
This patch increases the sampling frequency for potentially desirable
rates and thus enables faster recovery from interference or collisions.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a rate is below the max_tp_rate, sample it frequently if:
- it is above max_tp_rate2, or
- it is above max_prob_rate and is a candidate for max_prob_rate
(has fewer streams than max_tp_rate).
This helps the retry chain recover more quickly from bad statistics
caused by collisions or interference, and slightly reduces throughput
fluctuations with higher rates.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Try to sample all available rates, as sample attempts do not cost much
airtime and are appropriately spaced based on the average A-MPDU length.
This helps with faster recovery on rate fluctuations.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
max_prob_rate should be selected to be very reliable, however limiting
it to single-stream on 3-stream devices is a bit much.
Allow max_prob_rate to use one stream less than the max_tp_rate.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
At high data rates the average frame transmission durations are small
enough for rounding errors to matter, sometimes causing minstrel to use
slightly lower transmit rates than necessary.
To fix this, change the unit of the duration value to nanoseconds
instead of microseconds, and reorder the multiplications/divisions when
calculating the throughput metric so that they don't overflow or
truncate prematurely.
At 2-stream HT40 this makes TCP throughput a bit more stable.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently
based on the request type/priority. Add support to
differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that
the ROC is required for sending managment frames.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the sequence number arithmetic code from mac80211 to
ieee80211.h so others can use it. Also rename the functions
from _seq to _sn, they operate on the sequence number, not
the sequence_control field.
Also move macros to convert the sequence control to/from
the sequence number value from various drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The comment says something about __skb_push(), but that
isn't even called in the code any more. Looking at the
git history, that comment never even made sense when it
was still called, so just replace that part to note it
still works even when align isn't 0 or 2.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The station change API isn't being checked properly before
drivers are called, and as a result it is difficult to see
what should be allowed and what not.
In order to comprehensively check the API parameters parse
everything first, and then have the driver call a function
(cfg80211_check_station_change()) with the additionally
information about the kind of station that is being changed;
this allows the function to make better decisions than the
old code could.
While at it, also add a few checks, particularly in mesh
and clarify the TDLS station lifetime in documentation.
To be able to reduce a few checks, ignore any flag set bits
when the mask isn't set, they shouldn't be applied then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the ability to leave the plink_state unchanged not use a
magic -1 variable that isn't in the enum, but an explicit change
flag; reject invalid plink states or actions and move the needed
constants for plink actions to the right header file. Also
reject plink_state changes for non-mesh interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"A moderately sized pile of fixes, some specifically for merge window
introduced regressions although others are for longer standing items
and have been queued up for -stable.
I'm kind of tired of all the RDS protocol bugs over the years, to be
honest, it's way out of proportion to the number of people who
actually use it.
1) Fix missing range initialization in netfilter IPSET, from Jozsef
Kadlecsik.
2) ieee80211_local->tim_lock needs to use BH disabling, from Johannes
Berg.
3) Fix DMA syncing in SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.
4) Fix regression in BOND device MAC address setting, from Jiri
Pirko.
5) Missing usb_free_urb in ISDN Hisax driver, from Marina Makienko.
6) Fix UDP checksumming in bnx2x driver for 57710 and 57711 chips,
fix from Dmitry Kravkov.
7) Missing cfgspace_lock initialization in BCMA driver.
8) Validate parameter size for SCTP assoc stats getsockopt(), from
Guenter Roeck.
9) Fix SCTP association hangs, from Lee A Roberts.
10) Fix jumbo frame handling in r8169, from Francois Romieu.
11) Fix phy_device memory leak, from Petr Malat.
12) Omit trailing FCS from frames received in BGMAC driver, from Hauke
Mehrtens.
13) Missing socket refcount release in L2TP, from Guillaume Nault.
14) sctp_endpoint_init should respect passed in gfp_t, rather than use
GFP_KERNEL unconditionally. From Dan Carpenter.
15) Add AISX AX88179 USB driver, from Freddy Xin.
16) Remove MAINTAINERS entries for drivers deleted during the merge
window, from Cesar Eduardo Barros.
17) RDS protocol can try to allocate huge amounts of memory, check
that the user's request length makes sense, from Cong Wang.
18) SCTP should use the provided KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE instead of it's own,
bogus, definition. From Cong Wang.
19) Fix deadlocks in FEC driver by moving TX reclaim into NAPI poll,
from Frank Li. Also, fix a build error introduced in the merge
window.
20) Fix bogus purging of default routes in ipv6, from Lorenzo Colitti.
21) Don't double count RTT measurements when we leave the TCP receive
fast path, from Neal Cardwell."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (61 commits)
tcp: fix double-counted receiver RTT when leaving receiver fast path
CAIF: fix sparse warning for caif_usb
rds: simplify a warning message
net: fec: fix build error in no MXC platform
net: ipv6: Don't purge default router if accept_ra=2
net: fec: put tx to napi poll function to fix dead lock
sctp: use KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE instead of its own MAX_KMALLOC_SIZE
rds: limit the size allocated by rds_message_alloc()
MAINTAINERS: remove eexpress
MAINTAINERS: remove drivers/net/wan/cycx*
MAINTAINERS: remove 3c505
caif_dev: fix sparse warnings for caif_flow_cb
ax88179_178a: ASIX AX88179_178A USB 3.0/2.0 to gigabit ethernet adapter driver
sctp: use the passed in gfp flags instead GFP_KERNEL
ipv[4|6]: correct dropwatch false positive in local_deliver_finish
l2tp: Restore socket refcount when sendmsg succeeds
net/phy: micrel: Disable asymmetric pause for KSZ9021
bgmac: omit the fcs
phy: Fix phy_device_free memory leak
bnx2x: Fix KR2 work-around condition
...
When setting a monitor interface up or down, the idle state needs to be
recalculated, otherwise the hardware will just stay in its previous idle
state.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The VHT MCSes we advertise to the AP were supposed to
be restricted to the AP, but due to a bug in the logic
mac80211 will advertise rates to the AP that aren't
even supported by the local device. To fix this skip
any adjustment if the NSS isn't supported at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduced with de74a1d903
"mac80211: fix WPA with VLAN on AP side with ps-sta".
Apparently overwrites the sdata pointer with non-valid data in
the case of mesh.
Fix this by checking for IFTYPE_AP_VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After Felix's patch it was still broken in case you
used more than just a single monitor interface. Fix
it better now.
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Tested-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I'm not sure why, but the hlist for each entry iterators were conceived
list_for_each_entry(pos, head, member)
The hlist ones were greedy and wanted an extra parameter:
hlist_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member)
Why did they need an extra pos parameter? I'm not quite sure. Not only
they don't really need it, it also prevents the iterator from looking
exactly like the list iterator, which is unfortunate.
Besides the semantic patch, there was some manual work required:
- Fix up the actual hlist iterators in linux/list.h
- Fix up the declaration of other iterators based on the hlist ones.
- A very small amount of places were using the 'node' parameter, this
was modified to use 'obj->member' instead.
- Coccinelle didn't handle the hlist_for_each_entry_safe iterator
properly, so those had to be fixed up manually.
The semantic patch which is mostly the work of Peter Senna Tschudin is here:
@@
iterator name hlist_for_each_entry, hlist_for_each_entry_continue, hlist_for_each_entry_from, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh, for_each_busy_worker, ax25_uid_for_each, ax25_for_each, inet_bind_bucket_for_each, sctp_for_each_hentry, sk_for_each, sk_for_each_rcu, sk_for_each_from, sk_for_each_safe, sk_for_each_bound, hlist_for_each_entry_safe, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu, nr_neigh_for_each, nr_neigh_for_each_safe, nr_node_for_each, nr_node_for_each_safe, for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp, for_each_gfn_sp, for_each_host;
type T;
expression a,c,d,e;
identifier b;
statement S;
@@
-T b;
<+... when != b
(
hlist_for_each_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_from(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_busy_worker(a, c,
- b,
d) S
|
ax25_uid_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
ax25_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
inet_bind_bucket_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sctp_for_each_hentry(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_from
-(a, b)
+(a)
S
+ sk_for_each_from(a) S
|
sk_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
sk_for_each_bound(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_safe(a,
- b,
c, d, e) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
nr_node_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_node_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d) S
|
for_each_host(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_host_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
for_each_mesh_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
)
...+>
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus change from net/ipv4/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus hunk from net/ipv6/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warnings]
[akpm@linux-foudnation.org: redo intrusive kvm changes]
Tested-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Convert to the much saner new idr interface.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Some mlme work structs are not cancelled on disassociation
nor interface deletion, which leads to them running after
the memory has been freed
There is not a clean way to cancel these in the disassociation
logic because they must be canceled outside of the ifmgd->mtx
lock, so just cancel them in mgd_stop logic that tears down
the station.
This fixes the crashes we see in 3.7.9+. The crash stack
trace itself isn't so helpful, but this warning gives
more useful info:
WARNING: at /home/greearb/git/linux-3.7.dev.y/lib/debugobjects.c:261 debug_print_object+0x7c/0x8d()
ODEBUG: free active (active state 0) object type: work_struct hint: ieee80211_sta_monitor_work+0x0/0x14 [mac80211]
Modules linked in: [...]
Pid: 14743, comm: iw Tainted: G C O 3.7.9+ #11
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81087ef8>] warn_slowpath_common+0x80/0x98
[<ffffffff81087fa4>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x41/0x43
[<ffffffff812a2608>] debug_print_object+0x7c/0x8d
[<ffffffff812a2bca>] debug_check_no_obj_freed+0x95/0x1c3
[<ffffffff8114cc69>] slab_free_hook+0x70/0x79
[<ffffffff8114ea3e>] kfree+0x62/0xb7
[<ffffffff8149f465>] netdev_release+0x39/0x3e
[<ffffffff8136ad67>] device_release+0x52/0x8a
[<ffffffff812937db>] kobject_release+0x121/0x158
[<ffffffff81293612>] kobject_put+0x4c/0x50
[<ffffffff8148f0d7>] netdev_run_todo+0x25c/0x27e
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Re-order the quiesce code so that timers are always
stopped before work-items are flushed. This was not
the problem I saw, but I think it may still be more
correct.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When not using channel contexts with only monitor mode interfaces being
active, report local->monitor_chandef to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver does not want a monitor mode VIF, no channel context is
allocated for it. This causes ieee80211_recalc_idle to put the hardware
into idle mode if only a monitor mode is active, breaking injection.
Fix this by checking local->monitors in addition to active channel
contexts.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 6c17b77b67 (mac80211: Fix tx queue
handling during scans) contains a bug that causes off-channel frames to
get queued when they should be handed down to the driver for transmit.
Prevent this from happening.
Reported-by: Fabio Rossi <rossi.f@inwind.it>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Unicast frame with unknown forwarding information always trigger
the path discovery assuming destination is always located inside the
MBSS. This patch allows the forwarding to look for mesh gate if path
discovery inside the MBSS has failed.
Reported-by: Cedric Voncken <cedric.voncken@acksys.fr>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ieee80211_beacon_add_tim() function might be called
by drivers with BHs enabled, which causes a potential
deadlock if TX happens at the same time and attempts to
lock the tim_lock as well. Use spin_lock_bh to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Here is the big driver core merge for 3.9-rc1
There are two major series here, both of which touch lots of drivers all
over the kernel, and will cause you some merge conflicts:
- add a new function called devm_ioremap_resource() to properly be
able to check return values.
- remove CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
If you need me to provide a merged tree to handle these resolutions,
please let me know.
Other than those patches, there's not much here, some minor fixes and
updates.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.19 (GNU/Linux)
iEYEABECAAYFAlEmV0cACgkQMUfUDdst+yncCQCfbmnQZju7kzWXk6PjdFuKspT9
weAAoMCzcAtEzzc4LXuUxxG/sXBVBCjW
=yWAQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'driver-core-3.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull driver core patches from Greg Kroah-Hartman:
"Here is the big driver core merge for 3.9-rc1
There are two major series here, both of which touch lots of drivers
all over the kernel, and will cause you some merge conflicts:
- add a new function called devm_ioremap_resource() to properly be
able to check return values.
- remove CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
Other than those patches, there's not much here, some minor fixes and
updates"
Fix up trivial conflicts
* tag 'driver-core-3.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (221 commits)
base: memory: fix soft/hard_offline_page permissions
drivercore: Fix ordering between deferred_probe and exiting initcalls
backlight: fix class_find_device() arguments
TTY: mark tty_get_device call with the proper const values
driver-core: constify data for class_find_device()
firmware: Ignore abort check when no user-helper is used
firmware: Reduce ifdef CONFIG_FW_LOADER_USER_HELPER
firmware: Make user-mode helper optional
firmware: Refactoring for splitting user-mode helper code
Driver core: treat unregistered bus_types as having no devices
watchdog: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
thermal: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
spi: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
power: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
mtd: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
mmc: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
mfd: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
media: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
iommu: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
drm: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
...
If mesh plink debugging is enabled, this gets annoying in
a crowded environment, fast.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Convert mesh peering events into strings and make the
debug output a little easier to read. Also stop printing
the llid and plid since these don't change across peering
states and are random numbers anyway so they just amount
to noise.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() will clean up the
ht_supported flag and station bandwidth field for us
if the peer beacon doesn't have an HT capability element
(is operating as non-HT).
Also, we don't really need a special station ch_width
member to track the station operating mode any more so use
sta.bandwidth instead.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If an interface is set down while authenticating or
associating, there's a station entry that will be
removed by the flushing in do_stop() and that will
cause a warning. It's otherwise harmless, but avoid
the warning by calling ieee80211_mgd_stop() first.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Several tracepoints are using STA_PR_FMT where STA_PR_ARG should be
used, resulting in messages like "phy0 sta:ARG TYPE NOT FIELD BUT 1".
Change these to STA_PR_ARG.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since mesh powersaving was added, pending bcast/mcast frames may go out the
CAB queue now. Unfortunately, the queue was only set up for AP mode, so we
would try to tx on the IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE. Allow cab_queue for mesh
interfaces as well.
Fixes the following warning (or crash without MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG):
WARNING: at net/mac80211/tx.c:1223 __ieee80211_tx+0x162/0x35f [mac80211]()
Modules linked in: mac80211_hwsim mac80211 cfg80211 [...]
Pid: 3085, comm: avahi-daemon Tainted: G W 3.8.0-rc1+ #377
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81045c20>] warn_slowpath_common+0x83/0x9c
[<ffffffff81045c53>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x1c
[<ffffffffa083aef0>] __ieee80211_tx+0x162/0x35f [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa083cb1d>] ieee80211_tx+0xd3/0xf9 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa083cc0f>] ieee80211_xmit+0xcc/0xd5 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa083db59>] ieee80211_subif_start_xmit+0xc53/0xcd8 [mac80211]
[<ffffffff81319acd>] dev_hard_start_xmit+0x259/0x3ce
[<ffffffff81333d6b>] sch_direct_xmit+0x74/0x17d
[<ffffffff8131a0b1>] dev_queue_xmit+0x230/0x414
[<ffffffff8134877a>] ip_finish_output2+0x348/0x3aa
[<ffffffff81349029>] ip_finish_output+0x6c/0x71
[<ffffffff81349046>] NF_HOOK_COND.constprop.44+0x18/0x58
[<ffffffff8134a03a>] ip_mc_output+0x134/0x13c
[<ffffffff8134835a>] dst_output+0x18/0x1c
[<ffffffff81349a24>] ip_local_out+0x20/0x24
[<ffffffff8134a8cf>] ip_send_skb+0x16/0x3c
[<ffffffff8136bfba>] udp_send_skb+0x254/0x2b9
[<ffffffff8136c85e>] udp_sendmsg+0x5a8/0x7d4
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's various code with strange indentation,
questionable loop and locking constructs, etc.
The bigger change is moving the "sdata" argument
to the first argument of all functions, like all
other mac80211 functions that have one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
